INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(618, 1, '2009-10-06 11:39:00', '2009-10-06 15:39:00', 'If you\'re a gardener then without fail you\'ve experienced some type of plant problems. Whether it be an infestation of bugs, a besetting leaf issue or your plants just keep dying there seems to be no end to garden problems. You deal with one and another raises its ugly head. You solve that one and the season changes bringing even more challenges than you had before.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-619\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/plant-problems.jpg\" alt=\"Plant problems and how to solve 99% of them\" width=\"200\" height=\"150\" />Then you head to the nursery or garden centre for a little advice, or at least some suggestions, and you end up looking at powders, chemical sprays, plant-based foliar sprays, trace elements, enhanced super nutrients, pesticides, herbicides, fungicides...the list goes on, and on. \"Will this really solve my plant problems?\" you ask yourself, secretly hoping that you don\'t have to spend any more money on this stuff.\n\nWell, put down the phone if you\'re trying to call a talkback gardener, set aside that pen instead of writing to the gardening mag and don\'t head for the nearest online garden forum. The answers are much simpler than you think and right in front of your eyes. In fact, if you think about it long enough you\'ll soon discover that you\'ve known the answer to your plant problems all along.\n\nAre you ready for it? Do you really want the answer? Sure, you can handle it. Out of sheer desperation you might give everything for this one simple key that promises to unlock all your plant problem issues. But you don\'t have to - I\'m going to give it to you for free. Here goes...the way to solve 99% of your plant problems is...to STOP GARDENING. Yep, that should fix it!\n\nIf you stopped gardening then you wouldn\'t have plant problems - well 99% of them anyway. You can\'t escape the weeds that will ALWAYS try to invade your yard, even if you concreted the entire garden. But, you will no longer have to deal with problem plants. Insects and bugs probably won\'t show up, fruit-eating birds will look elsewhere and the plethora of garden issues that you constantly face will magically disappear. You can begin to dream again how wonderful your yard will be without all these issues to confront.\n\nI\'m guilty of getting to this same place where sometimes the plant problems seem so insurmountable that giving up is an easier option. Yet following this thought process through for a further 5 minutes reveals how asinine I\'ve been.\n\nWhile I\'m not a big fan of garden problems I\'ve come to realise that it is the challenges that makes me a better gardener. Any Tom, Dick or Harry can stick a plant in the ground but it takes a seasoned gardener, one that\'s wrestled with various plant problems, to keep it growing healthily.\n\nNot only are plant problems part of gardening, they are \"Gardening\". Without them we wouldn\'t grow so learning to embrace them is more the issue than the garden dilemma we\'re facing.\n\nHere\'s to lots more plant problems in your garden.', 'Plant problems and how to solve 99% of them', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'plant-problems-how-to-solve', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:40:13', '2021-11-02 15:40:13', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=618', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(619, 1, '2021-11-02 11:38:53', '2021-11-02 15:38:53', '', 'plant-problems', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'plant-problems', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:38:56', '2021-11-02 15:38:56', '', 618, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/plant-problems.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(620, 1, '2021-11-02 11:39:16', '2021-11-02 15:39:16', 'If you\'re a gardener then without fail you\'ve experienced some type of plant problems. Whether it be an infestation of bugs, a besetting leaf issue or your plants just keep dying there seems to be no end to garden problems. You deal with one and another raises its ugly head. You solve that one and the season changes bringing even more challenges than you had before.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-619\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/plant-problems.jpg\" alt=\"Plant problems and how to solve 99% of them\" width=\"200\" height=\"150\" />Then you head to the nursery or garden centre for a little advice, or at least some suggestions, and you end up looking at powders, chemical sprays, plant-based foliar sprays, trace elements, enhanced super nutrients, pesticides, herbicides, fungicides...the list goes on, and on. \"Will this really solve my plant problems?\" you ask yourself, secretly hoping that you don\'t have to spend any more money on this stuff.\n\nWell, put down the phone if you\'re trying to call a talkback gardener, set aside that pen instead of writing to the gardening mag and don\'t head for the nearest online garden forum. The answers are much simpler than you think and right in front of your eyes. In fact, if you think about it long enough you\'ll soon discover that you\'ve known the answer to your plant problems all along.\n\nAre you ready for it? Do you really want the answer? Sure, you can handle it. Out of sheer desperation you might give everything for this one simple key that promises to unlock all your plant problem issues. But you don\'t have to - I\'m going to give it to you for free. Here goes...the way to solve 99% of your plant problems is...to STOP GARDENING. Yep, that should fix it!\n\nIf you stopped gardening then you wouldn\'t have plant problems - well 99% of them anyway. You can\'t escape the weeds that will ALWAYS try to invade your yard, even if you concreted the entire garden. But, you will no longer have to deal with problem plants. Insects and bugs probably won\'t show up, fruit-eating birds will look elsewhere and the plethora of garden issues that you constantly face will magically disappear. You can begin to dream again how wonderful your yard will be without all these issues to confront.\n\nI\'m guilty of getting to this same place where sometimes the plant problems seem so insurmountable that giving up is an easier option. Yet following this thought process through for a further 5 minutes reveals how asinine I\'ve been.\n\nWhile I\'m not a big fan of garden problems I\'ve come to realise that it is the challenges that makes me a better gardener. Any Tom, Dick or Harry can stick a plant in the ground but it takes a seasoned gardener, one that\'s wrestled with various plant problems, to keep it growing healthily.\n\nNot only are plant problems part of gardening, they are \"Gardening\". Without them we wouldn\'t grow so learning to embrace them is more the issue than the garden dilemma we\'re facing.\n\nHere\'s to lots more plant problems in your garden.', 'Plant problems and how to solve 99% of them', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '618-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:39:16', '2021-11-02 15:39:16', '', 618, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=620', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(622, 1, '2009-09-28 11:40:00', '2009-09-28 15:40:00', 'For a while there snow peas, also called mange tout, were the pea crop to grow. Their soft and edible skin meant that the age-old art of shelling peas around the kitchen table was destined for the archives. Instead, picking and eating them directly from the vine was not only accepted, but encouraged.\nThen, as if the pea growing industry needed a shake-up, sugar snap peas entered the market. Fatter and more shapely than the snow pea, these snap peas looked more like a traditional pea but sported the very edible outer pod as well. It was as though the historical pea had been pre-softened and flavour enhanced purely to satisfy our delicate tastebuds.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-623\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/sugar-snap-peas.jpg\" alt=\"How to grow Sugar Snap Peas\" width=\"200\" height=\"301\" />The beauty with growing sugar snap peas, or any legume crop, is that they don’t need much in the way of soil preparation. Obviously a loamy soil or one with more sand content is preferable to clay but when it comes to nutrients, the soil can be completely lacking and the peas will still flourish. In fact, as they grow they will begin to rejuvenate your soil depositing much-needed nitrogen for the next crop of veggies that will take their place.\nWe planted our recent crop in soil that was basically woodchip covered debris – with a smattering of sand – almost 3 months ago. Since then the sugar snap peas have climbed to a height of more than 2m (6.6ft) and are flowering their heads off. Spent blooms are now producing a rich crop of peas ready for picking, and eating.\n\nLike snow peas, sugar snap peas require a trellis to grow. Their soft stems easily bend in the wind or under the sheer weight of a bumper crop so they need to be staked against some support in order to keep them growing and producing. As I found this season, a 1.8m high supporting trellis isn’t high enough and you would do much better to go to at least 2-2.5m. An unsupported 40-50cm can still break and cause problems for the whole plant.\nThe best support for sugar snap peas is a wire fence, lattice or some pea teepees. I’ve seen them supported on string supports as well but they are more susceptible to breaking if they only rely on this.\n\nIn most temperate climates, like ours, sugar snap peas can be grown all year round so saving your seed after a crop is definitely encouraged. To do this, leave a few pods on the vine to over-mature (this becomes obvious when the pea casing begins to split) and then, after picking, shell and allow the peas to dry out in a cool spot. They can be re-planted almost immediately or stored for a future growing season.\n\nFertilising your snap peas is a breeze too. Every 2-4 weeks coat your crop with a solution of liquid fertiliser – diluted worm wee or seaweed emulsion is the best. You can offer some compost around the base of the peas but it will be the liquid fertiliser that offers the most nutrients to these vegetables.\nSnails are the most likely pest to disturb your snap peas effectively whittling out the sickest plants and devouring them over night. While you could lace the soil with snail pellets or some other repellant, the best option is just to leave them. They will leave the healthiest specimens and concentrate only on the sugar snap peas that are struggling anyway – possibly doing you a service.\n\nApart from snails, your kids are going to love these once they get a taste for them as well and I’m all out of options for tring to repel them.\nHowever, if you’re wanting to grow a pea crop this season then you can’t go past sugar snap peas. They’re delicious, easy to grow and produce such abundant crops. Start growing some now.', 'How to grow Sugar Snap Peas', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-grow-sugar-snap-peas', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:41:57', '2021-11-02 15:41:57', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=622', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(623, 1, '2021-11-02 11:41:20', '2021-11-02 15:41:20', '', 'sugar-snap-peas', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'sugar-snap-peas', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:41:23', '2021-11-02 15:41:23', '', 622, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/sugar-snap-peas.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(624, 1, '2021-11-02 11:41:55', '2021-11-02 15:41:55', 'For a while there snow peas, also called mange tout, were the pea crop to grow. Their soft and edible skin meant that the age-old art of shelling peas around the kitchen table was destined for the archives. Instead, picking and eating them directly from the vine was not only accepted, but encouraged.\nThen, as if the pea growing industry needed a shake-up, sugar snap peas entered the market. Fatter and more shapely than the snow pea, these snap peas looked more like a traditional pea but sported the very edible outer pod as well. It was as though the historical pea had been pre-softened and flavour enhanced purely to satisfy our delicate tastebuds.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-623\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/sugar-snap-peas.jpg\" alt=\"How to grow Sugar Snap Peas\" width=\"200\" height=\"301\" />The beauty with growing sugar snap peas, or any legume crop, is that they don’t need much in the way of soil preparation. Obviously a loamy soil or one with more sand content is preferable to clay but when it comes to nutrients, the soil can be completely lacking and the peas will still flourish. In fact, as they grow they will begin to rejuvenate your soil depositing much-needed nitrogen for the next crop of veggies that will take their place.\nWe planted our recent crop in soil that was basically woodchip covered debris – with a smattering of sand – almost 3 months ago. Since then the sugar snap peas have climbed to a height of more than 2m (6.6ft) and are flowering their heads off. Spent blooms are now producing a rich crop of peas ready for picking, and eating.\n\nLike snow peas, sugar snap peas require a trellis to grow. Their soft stems easily bend in the wind or under the sheer weight of a bumper crop so they need to be staked against some support in order to keep them growing and producing. As I found this season, a 1.8m high supporting trellis isn’t high enough and you would do much better to go to at least 2-2.5m. An unsupported 40-50cm can still break and cause problems for the whole plant.\nThe best support for sugar snap peas is a wire fence, lattice or some pea teepees. I’ve seen them supported on string supports as well but they are more susceptible to breaking if they only rely on this.\n\nIn most temperate climates, like ours, sugar snap peas can be grown all year round so saving your seed after a crop is definitely encouraged. To do this, leave a few pods on the vine to over-mature (this becomes obvious when the pea casing begins to split) and then, after picking, shell and allow the peas to dry out in a cool spot. They can be re-planted almost immediately or stored for a future growing season.\n\nFertilising your snap peas is a breeze too. Every 2-4 weeks coat your crop with a solution of liquid fertiliser – diluted worm wee or seaweed emulsion is the best. You can offer some compost around the base of the peas but it will be the liquid fertiliser that offers the most nutrients to these vegetables.\nSnails are the most likely pest to disturb your snap peas effectively whittling out the sickest plants and devouring them over night. While you could lace the soil with snail pellets or some other repellant, the best option is just to leave them. They will leave the healthiest specimens and concentrate only on the sugar snap peas that are struggling anyway – possibly doing you a service.\n\nApart from snails, your kids are going to love these once they get a taste for them as well and I’m all out of options for tring to repel them.\nHowever, if you’re wanting to grow a pea crop this season then you can’t go past sugar snap peas. They’re delicious, easy to grow and produce such abundant crops. Start growing some now.', 'How to grow Sugar Snap Peas', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '622-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:41:55', '2021-11-02 15:41:55', '', 622, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=624', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(625, 1, '2011-06-27 11:42:00', '2011-06-27 15:42:00', 'When you are looking for privacy for your outdoor living space, you need something that is versatile against the weather climates. You want it to look classy, too. Outdoor bamboo blinds are the answer. With many styles, there will be one that is right for your space. There are many places that you can purchase affordable bamboo blinds and best of all, they are easy to install yourself to save some additional money.\n\nThere is no need to pay a company to come out and measure a window and install blinds for you when it can be done yourself for a fraction of the cost.\n<h3>Types Of Outdoor Bamboo Blinds</h3>\nYou have decided that you want bamboo blinds for your outdoor patio or terrace, but the decision-making process does not end there. First, you will need to pick out a few things.\n\nThe first part of the decision will be how you want the bamboo to look. You won’t need to worry about different colors because they are never stained. Bamboo is a natural look, which means that it will not be uniform. There may be some knots and different textures and colors to it. This is the charm of using bamboo. You will need to decide if you want matchstick, larger rods or woven planks of bamboo.\n\nFrom there, you will determine how the outdoor bamboo blinds will rest against the screen or in the space that you are placing them. You can find roll up blinds, vertical blinds, or Roman shades.\n\nOnce you have decided on the way the bamboo will look and how the blind goes up and down (or side to side) you are ready to start shopping.\n<h3>Shopping For Outdoor Bamboo Blinds</h3>\nInstalling the blinds yourself means that you don’t need to shop at high-end stores that include installation. These are costly alternatives that you should only consider if you do not know how to operate a hand drill and a level.\n\nSince you have already decided on the bamboo blinds that you want for your home, you don’t need to spend any time looking for an experienced sales consultant. Simply focus on where you will be able to get the best deal. You will find many of the styles at stores such as:\n\n- Asian Import stores;\n- Home Improvement warehouses;\n- Department stores;\n- Discount retail stores;\n- Online wholesalers’ and retailers.\n\nBefore going, you will need to take a tape measure to the area and outline what size you will need for your space. You will need the length within the window or door frame as well as the width. Ensure that the measurements are on the inside of the frame and not the outside.\n\nYou will typically find multiple sizes on the blinds. Notice that your measurements will fit one of the pre-fabricated outdoor bamboo blind kits. You may need more than one kit to fit within a certain area.\n\nOnce you have the blinds, check to make sure the kit comes with the installation hardware. Otherwise, head over to the hardware store for some brackets and screws.\n<h3>Installing Outdoor Bamboo Blinds</h3>\nYou should get a pencil and a tape measure before you start drilling your holes. Check the bamboo blinds and determine where on the interior of the frame you will place the holes. Mark these with a pencil.\n\nYou are then ready to place your mounting hardware onto the frame. Match your hardware up to the holes and get your drill out. You will drill into your frame and ensure that the screws hold the hardware in place tightly. The head rail, if there is one, should either be part of the hardware to be installed or will slide in place. You will need to place a level on it to make sure that it is straight. Once these are in place, you are ready to slide your bamboo blinds into place.\n\nVoila! You have outdoor bamboo blinds that are weather-proof and you’ve saved a lot of money by doing it all yourself.', 'Outdoor Bamboo Blinds: DIY Installation', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'outdoor-bamboo-blinds-diy-installation', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:48:38', '2021-11-02 15:48:38', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=625', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(626, 1, '2021-11-02 11:46:17', '2021-11-02 15:46:17', '', 'outdoor-bamboo-blinds', 'Installing Outdoor Bamboo Blinds Isn\'t The Chore It Seems', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'outdoor-bamboo-blinds', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:46:21', '2021-11-02 15:46:21', '', 625, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/outdoor-bamboo-blinds.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(627, 1, '2021-11-02 11:47:30', '2021-11-02 15:47:30', 'When you are looking for privacy for your outdoor living space, you need something that is versatile against the weather climates. You want it to look classy, too. Outdoor bamboo blinds are the answer. With many styles, there will be one that is right for your space. There are many places that you can purchase affordable bamboo blinds and best of all, they are easy to install yourself to save some additional money.\n\nThere is no need to pay a company to come out and measure a window and install blinds for you when it can be done yourself for a fraction of the cost.\n<h3>Types Of Outdoor Bamboo Blinds</h3>\nYou have decided that you want bamboo blinds for your outdoor patio or terrace, but the decision-making process does not end there. First, you will need to pick out a few things.\n\nThe first part of the decision will be how you want the bamboo to look. You won’t need to worry about different colors because they are never stained. Bamboo is a natural look, which means that it will not be uniform. There may be some knots and different textures and colors to it. This is the charm of using bamboo. You will need to decide if you want matchstick, larger rods or woven planks of bamboo.\n\nFrom there, you will determine how the outdoor bamboo blinds will rest against the screen or in the space that you are placing them. You can find roll up blinds, vertical blinds, or Roman shades.\n\nOnce you have decided on the way the bamboo will look and how the blind goes up and down (or side to side) you are ready to start shopping.\n<h3>Shopping For Outdoor Bamboo Blinds</h3>\nInstalling the blinds yourself means that you don’t need to shop at high-end stores that include installation. These are costly alternatives that you should only consider if you do not know how to operate a hand drill and a level.\n\nSince you have already decided on the bamboo blinds that you want for your home, you don’t need to spend any time looking for an experienced sales consultant. Simply focus on where you will be able to get the best deal. You will find many of the styles at stores such as:\n\n- Asian Import stores\n- Home Improvement warehouses\n- Department stores\n- Discount retail stores\n- Online wholesalers’ and retailers\n\nBefore going, you will need to take a tape measure to the area and outline what size you will need for your space. You will need the length within the window or door frame as well as the width. Ensure that the measurements are on the inside of the frame and not the outside.\n\nYou will typically find multiple sizes on the blinds. Notice that your measurements will fit one of the pre-fabricated outdoor bamboo blind kits. You may need more than one kit to fit within a certain area.\n\nOnce you have the blinds, check to make sure the kit comes with the installation hardware. Otherwise, head over to the hardware store for some brackets and screws.\n<h3>Installing Outdoor Bamboo Blinds</h3>\nYou should get a pencil and a tape measure before you start drilling your holes. Check the bamboo blinds and determine where on the interior of the frame you will place the holes. Mark these with a pencil.\n\nYou are then ready to place your mounting hardware onto the frame. Match your hardware up to the holes and get your drill out. You will drill into your frame and ensure that the screws hold the hardware in place tightly. The head rail, if there is one, should either be part of the hardware to be installed or will slide in place. You will need to place a level on it to make sure that it is straight. Once these are in place, you are ready to slide your bamboo blinds into place.\n\nVoila! You have outdoor bamboo blinds that are weather-proof and you’ve saved a lot of money by doing it all yourself.', 'Outdoor Bamboo Blinds: DIY Installation', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '625-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:47:30', '2021-11-02 15:47:30', '', 625, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=627', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(628, 1, '2021-11-02 11:48:37', '2021-11-02 15:48:37', 'When you are looking for privacy for your outdoor living space, you need something that is versatile against the weather climates. You want it to look classy, too. Outdoor bamboo blinds are the answer. With many styles, there will be one that is right for your space. There are many places that you can purchase affordable bamboo blinds and best of all, they are easy to install yourself to save some additional money.\n\nThere is no need to pay a company to come out and measure a window and install blinds for you when it can be done yourself for a fraction of the cost.\n<h3>Types Of Outdoor Bamboo Blinds</h3>\nYou have decided that you want bamboo blinds for your outdoor patio or terrace, but the decision-making process does not end there. First, you will need to pick out a few things.\n\nThe first part of the decision will be how you want the bamboo to look. You won’t need to worry about different colors because they are never stained. Bamboo is a natural look, which means that it will not be uniform. There may be some knots and different textures and colors to it. This is the charm of using bamboo. You will need to decide if you want matchstick, larger rods or woven planks of bamboo.\n\nFrom there, you will determine how the outdoor bamboo blinds will rest against the screen or in the space that you are placing them. You can find roll up blinds, vertical blinds, or Roman shades.\n\nOnce you have decided on the way the bamboo will look and how the blind goes up and down (or side to side) you are ready to start shopping.\n<h3>Shopping For Outdoor Bamboo Blinds</h3>\nInstalling the blinds yourself means that you don’t need to shop at high-end stores that include installation. These are costly alternatives that you should only consider if you do not know how to operate a hand drill and a level.\n\nSince you have already decided on the bamboo blinds that you want for your home, you don’t need to spend any time looking for an experienced sales consultant. Simply focus on where you will be able to get the best deal. You will find many of the styles at stores such as:\n\n- Asian Import stores;\n- Home Improvement warehouses;\n- Department stores;\n- Discount retail stores;\n- Online wholesalers’ and retailers.\n\nBefore going, you will need to take a tape measure to the area and outline what size you will need for your space. You will need the length within the window or door frame as well as the width. Ensure that the measurements are on the inside of the frame and not the outside.\n\nYou will typically find multiple sizes on the blinds. Notice that your measurements will fit one of the pre-fabricated outdoor bamboo blind kits. You may need more than one kit to fit within a certain area.\n\nOnce you have the blinds, check to make sure the kit comes with the installation hardware. Otherwise, head over to the hardware store for some brackets and screws.\n<h3>Installing Outdoor Bamboo Blinds</h3>\nYou should get a pencil and a tape measure before you start drilling your holes. Check the bamboo blinds and determine where on the interior of the frame you will place the holes. Mark these with a pencil.\n\nYou are then ready to place your mounting hardware onto the frame. Match your hardware up to the holes and get your drill out. You will drill into your frame and ensure that the screws hold the hardware in place tightly. The head rail, if there is one, should either be part of the hardware to be installed or will slide in place. You will need to place a level on it to make sure that it is straight. Once these are in place, you are ready to slide your bamboo blinds into place.\n\nVoila! You have outdoor bamboo blinds that are weather-proof and you’ve saved a lot of money by doing it all yourself.', 'Outdoor Bamboo Blinds: DIY Installation', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '625-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:48:37', '2021-11-02 15:48:37', '', 625, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=628', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(629, 1, '2011-06-18 11:49:00', '2011-06-18 15:49:00', 'Most of us are busy people without the money to hire a landscape artist or a gardener for maintenance. We want a place of beauty for relaxation and hosting guests, a low maintenance landscape design that will still look great after being neglected for weeks or more. Since most physical elements, from arbours to outdoor furniture, are made to withstand weather exposure, we can focus on the living features of the landscape.\n<h3>High Maintenance Versus Low Maintenance Plants</h3>\nA great place to start assessing possible plants for a low maintenance landscape design is to consider what is meant by the term. High maintenance plants can be intolerant of drought, require yearly division or regular pruning, or need a scheduled fertilizer. The hibiscus is a good example, requiring regular watering and fertilizing with micro-nutrients, as well as pruning at exact times in the growth cycle.\n\nLow maintenance plants require little attention to remain beautiful and healthy. While running and clumping varieties of bamboo can rightly be considered high-maintenance in a small environment, Japanese Sacred Bamboo produces creamy white flowers with autumn leaves that turn a beautiful scarlet to orange colour. This bamboo, also known as Nandina domestica, will retain a dense, rounded shape of 50cm for both height and width.\n\nSedum varieties make a natural choice for low maintenance outdoor plants. There are more than 300 varieties featuring flowers in any hue, and they are butterfly magnets. Yarrow is another butterfly standard, attracting a variety of species with 60cm flowering stems and feathery foliage low to the ground. Since every region hosts different butterfly species, it’s a good idea to visit a local nursery and find out which varieties are best for attracting your area’s most beautiful pollinators.\n<h3>Low Maintenance Pot Plants?</h3>\nIt sounds like an oxymoron and that is usually the truth. Many location offer little soil to work with, so growing in containers may be your only option. Even with the room, some people will desire to show off that Sicilian Bay with its corkscrew trunk, even at the cost of moving it indoors during the winter. Whether you want a decorative shrubbery surrounding the outdoor living room or desire a stand of stately lilies, smart use of containers can mean a minimum of fuss.\n\nFew plants can withstand having their roots baked. Containers receiving direct, summer sun should be some colour besides black; lighter colours mean cooler roots. The potting medium should be well drained, yet able to retain some moisture. This can be achieved by filling the bottom few centimetres of the pot with gravel or pottery shards and using a soil mix with a high content of organic matter, like peat or compost. Shading the pot and using a good soil mix will reduce watering needs for any pot plant dramatically.\n\nGreat flower choices for low maintenance pot plants are lantanas, which bloom until frost and attract butterflies, and Asiatic lilies, like the magnificent Star-gazer. For extra drought tolerance, trailing Rosemary and Globe Thistle will add fragrance and long-lasting visual appeal with minimal care. In the shadiest locations, the Hosta, Foam Flower, and Coral Bells makes good choices. Foam flower in particular is extremely low maintenance and will keep its foliage throughout the winter.\n<h3>Ground covers for Low Maintenance Landscape Design</h3>\nFinally, no low maintenance design is complete without thinking about what to do with bare soil. Dense plantings and mulch will stop many weeds, but ground cover can cut out weeding altogether. Subterranean clover will not compete with larger plants and can even help bring nutrients to the surface, removing the need for fertilizer. Spreading covers, like Roman Chamomile and Mother of Thyme, may enjoy foot traffic and will release their scents when bruised.\n\nPlanning a low maintenance landscape design doesn’t mean limitations, just a different set of considerations. Many of the plants commonly considered high maintenance can be good choices in the right setting.', 'Planning the Ultimate Low Maintenance Landscape Design', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'low-maintenance-landscape-design', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:52:04', '2021-11-02 15:52:04', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=629', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(630, 1, '2021-11-02 11:50:51', '2021-11-02 15:50:51', '', 'low-maintenance-landscape-garden', 'The Ultimate Low Maintenance Landscape Design', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'low-maintenance-landscape-garden', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:50:55', '2021-11-02 15:50:55', '', 629, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/low-maintenance-landscape-garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(631, 1, '2021-11-02 11:51:55', '2021-11-02 15:51:55', 'Most of us are busy people without the money to hire a landscape artist or a gardener for maintenance. We want a place of beauty for relaxation and hosting guests, a low maintenance landscape design that will still look great after being neglected for weeks or more. Since most physical elements, from arbours to outdoor furniture, are made to withstand weather exposure, we can focus on the living features of the landscape.\n<h3>High Maintenance Versus Low Maintenance Plants</h3>\nA great place to start assessing possible plants for a low maintenance landscape design is to consider what is meant by the term. High maintenance plants can be intolerant of drought, require yearly division or regular pruning, or need a scheduled fertilizer. The hibiscus is a good example, requiring regular watering and fertilizing with micro-nutrients, as well as pruning at exact times in the growth cycle.\n\nLow maintenance plants require little attention to remain beautiful and healthy. While running and clumping varieties of bamboo can rightly be considered high-maintenance in a small environment, Japanese Sacred Bamboo produces creamy white flowers with autumn leaves that turn a beautiful scarlet to orange colour. This bamboo, also known as Nandina domestica, will retain a dense, rounded shape of 50cm for both height and width.\n\nSedum varieties make a natural choice for low maintenance outdoor plants. There are more than 300 varieties featuring flowers in any hue, and they are butterfly magnets. Yarrow is another butterfly standard, attracting a variety of species with 60cm flowering stems and feathery foliage low to the ground. Since every region hosts different butterfly species, it’s a good idea to visit a local nursery and find out which varieties are best for attracting your area’s most beautiful pollinators.\n<h3>Low Maintenance Pot Plants?</h3>\nIt sounds like an oxymoron and that is usually the truth. Many location offer little soil to work with, so growing in containers may be your only option. Even with the room, some people will desire to show off that Sicilian Bay with its corkscrew trunk, even at the cost of moving it indoors during the winter. Whether you want a decorative shrubbery surrounding the outdoor living room or desire a stand of stately lilies, smart use of containers can mean a minimum of fuss.\n\nFew plants can withstand having their roots baked. Containers receiving direct, summer sun should be some colour besides black; lighter colours mean cooler roots. The potting medium should be well drained, yet able to retain some moisture. This can be achieved by filling the bottom few centimetres of the pot with gravel or pottery shards and using a soil mix with a high content of organic matter, like peat or compost. Shading the pot and using a good soil mix will reduce watering needs for any pot plant dramatically.\n\nGreat flower choices for low maintenance pot plants are lantanas, which bloom until frost and attract butterflies, and Asiatic lilies, like the magnificent Star-gazer. For extra drought tolerance, trailing Rosemary and Globe Thistle will add fragrance and long-lasting visual appeal with minimal care. In the shadiest locations, the Hosta, Foam Flower, and Coral Bells makes good choices. Foam flower in particular is extremely low maintenance and will keep its foliage throughout the winter.\n<h3>Ground covers for Low Maintenance Landscape Design</h3>\nFinally, no low maintenance design is complete without thinking about what to do with bare soil. Dense plantings and mulch will stop many weeds, but ground cover can cut out weeding altogether. Subterranean clover will not compete with larger plants and can even help bring nutrients to the surface, removing the need for fertilizer. Spreading covers, like Roman Chamomile and Mother of Thyme, may enjoy foot traffic and will release their scents when bruised.\n\nPlanning a low maintenance landscape design doesn’t mean limitations, just a different set of considerations. Many of the plants commonly considered high maintenance can be good choices in the right setting.', 'Planning the Ultimate Low Maintenance Landscape Design', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '629-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:51:55', '2021-11-02 15:51:55', '', 629, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=631', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(632, 1, '2011-05-21 11:52:00', '2011-05-21 15:52:00', 'Garden wall art adds a brand new dimension to high-end garden design. Where garden decoration has previously been, for the most part, limited to benches, fountains, and waterfalls, now there is a growing trend toward decorating the walls of a garden as well. There are many different, unique ways to decorate your garden’s walls but it’s important that your decorations add to the beauty of your garden and don’t take away or distract from it. Here are a few ideas.\n\n[toc]\n<h3>Vertical Garden Art</h3>\n<a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/starting-a-diy-vertical-garden/\">Vertical gardening</a>, also known as living wall art, is a great way to beautifully decorate your vacant garden wall spaces while continuing to go green and adding to the relaxing feel of your atmosphere. Vertical gardens can be obtained or built in many different sizes and shapes. They can even be themed to fit in with the premise of the rest of your garden.\n\nIf you are plant lover, you probably already have plants almost everywhere. Garden wall art allows you to add to your beautiful collection while conquering the final frontier for your plants – the vertical spaces of your garden. If you aren’t yet a plant lover but are looking for the latest in design trends for your garden, garden wall art is currently heavily in vogue. Vertical gardening not only adds colour and life to your vertical spaces but it makes a statement about your cultured tastes and love for our planet. And after a while of living with the amazing growth and striking beauty that garden wall art brings to your life, you just may fall in love with your plants after all.\n<h3>Metal Garden Wall Art</h3>\nMetal garden wall art also blends in well with most gardens. Metal wall hangings<img src=\"https://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=ur2&amp;o=1\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> and sculptures are widely available and can be installed without much hassle. The great thing about metal garden wall art is that it is highly resistant to extreme outdoor temperatures and will not be permanently ruined by moisture. Metal wall art is also easy to clean and polish. Burnished steel and coppers looks great as a background to dark green plants, while darker metals provide a beautiful contrast to plants with lighter colours.\n\nSteel is a very inexpensive metal that is used to make a wide variety of garden wall art. The natural colour and texture of the steel often blends in well with most gardens, although it can also be painted any colour you desire. Garden wall art made from recycled steel products is also a gorgeous addition to most gardens. Old bicycles or oil drums can be mounted on the garden wall as art, as well as ancient tricycles and old garden tools.\n<h3>Ceramic Wall Art</h3>\nCeramic art is another beautiful way to decorate your garden wall. Ceramic wall art usually comes in bright, cheerful colours and is usually best suited to warmer weather. Combining a ceramic wall sculpture with a garden mirror can create some of the most amazing effects as nature is reflected onto the beautiful artwork. If you are planning to use a mirror to decorate your garden wall, make sure to buy one that is made out of treated glass, suitable for outdoor use. Acrylic mirrors can usually withstand the harsh outdoors better than normal glass.\n<h3>Concrete Garden Wall Art</h3>\nConcrete garden wall art is a great option for rustic-looking gardens. Concrete goes well with a huge variety of plants and can be an elegant and unobtrusive addition to your garden wall.\n<h3>Using Wall Lights Artistically</h3>\nWall lights are a beautiful way to attract attention to your garden after dark. Although they come in many different unique themes, two major categories for wall lights are traditional and modern. Use whichever of these is more suitable to the overall look of your garden. If you have no idea what to use, iron lanterns generally blend in well with most gardens. The handy thing about wall lights in a garden is that they can serve a functional purpose as well as their beautification end. They can also highlight your other garden wall art, allowing it to be seen at nighttime.', 'Garden Wall Art: The Growing Trend', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'garden-wall-art-the-growing-trend', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:59:34', '2021-11-02 15:59:34', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=632', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(633, 1, '2021-11-02 11:54:04', '2021-11-02 15:54:04', '', 'garden-wall-art', 'Be Creative With Garden Wall Art', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'garden-wall-art-300x300', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:54:13', '2021-11-02 15:54:13', '', 632, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/garden-wall-art-300x300-1.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(634, 1, '2021-11-02 11:55:05', '2021-11-02 15:55:05', 'Garden wall art adds a brand new dimension to high-end garden design. Where garden decoration has previously been, for the most part, limited to benches, fountains, and waterfalls, now there is a growing trend toward decorating the walls of a garden as well. There are many different, unique ways to decorate your garden’s walls but it’s important that your decorations add to the beauty of your garden and don’t take away or distract from it. Here are a few ideas.\n\n[toc]\n<h3>Vertical Garden Art</h3>\n<a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/07/starting_a_diy_vertical_garden.html\">Vertical gardening</a>, also known as living wall art, is a great way to beautifully decorate your vacant garden wall spaces while continuing to go green and adding to the relaxing feel of your atmosphere. Vertical gardens can be obtained or built in many different sizes and shapes. They can even be themed to fit in with the premise of the rest of your garden.\n\nIf you are plant lover, you probably already have plants almost everywhere. Garden wall art allows you to add to your beautiful collection while conquering the final frontier for your plants – the vertical spaces of your garden. If you aren’t yet a plant lover but are looking for the latest in design trends for your garden, garden wall art is currently heavily in vogue. Vertical gardening not only adds colour and life to your vertical spaces but it makes a statement about your cultured tastes and love for our planet. And after a while of living with the amazing growth and striking beauty that garden wall art brings to your life, you just may fall in love with your plants after all.\n<h3>Metal Garden Wall Art</h3>\nMetal garden wall art also blends in well with most gardens. Metal wall hangings<img src=\"https://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=ur2&amp;o=1\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> and sculptures are widely available and can be installed without much hassle. The great thing about metal garden wall art is that it is highly resistant to extreme outdoor temperatures and will not be permanently ruined by moisture. Metal wall art is also easy to clean and polish. Burnished steel and coppers looks great as a background to dark green plants, while darker metals provide a beautiful contrast to plants with lighter colours.\n\nSteel is a very inexpensive metal that is used to make a wide variety of garden wall art. The natural colour and texture of the steel often blends in well with most gardens, although it can also be painted any colour you desire. Garden wall art made from recycled steel products is also a gorgeous addition to most gardens. Old bicycles or oil drums can be mounted on the garden wall as art, as well as ancient tricycles and old garden tools.\n<h3>Ceramic Wall Art</h3>\nCeramic art is another beautiful way to decorate your garden wall. Ceramic wall art usually comes in bright, cheerful colours and is usually best suited to warmer weather. Combining a ceramic wall sculpture with a garden mirror can create some of the most amazing effects as nature is reflected onto the beautiful artwork. If you are planning to use a mirror to decorate your garden wall, make sure to buy one that is made out of treated glass, suitable for outdoor use. Acrylic mirrors can usually withstand the harsh outdoors better than normal glass.\n<h3>Concrete Garden Wall Art</h3>\nConcrete garden wall art is a great option for rustic-looking gardens. Concrete goes well with a huge variety of plants and can be an elegant and unobtrusive addition to your garden wall.\n<h3>Using Wall Lights Artistically</h3>\nWall lights are a beautiful way to attract attention to your garden after dark. Although they come in many different unique themes, two major categories for wall lights are traditional and modern. Use whichever of these is more suitable to the overall look of your garden. If you have no idea what to use, iron lanterns generally blend in well with most gardens. The handy thing about wall lights in a garden is that they can serve a functional purpose as well as their beautification end. They can also highlight your other garden wall art, allowing it to be seen at nighttime.', 'Garden Wall Art: The Growing Trend', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '632-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:55:05', '2021-11-02 15:55:05', '', 632, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=634', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(635, 1, '2008-07-05 11:55:00', '2008-07-05 15:55:00', 'Ever since coming across Patrick Blanc’s <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/help-my-plants-are-climbing-the-walls/\">vertical garden</a> I’ve been interested to observe how this technology might transform the home gardening scene. I mean, it’s only a matter of time before we begin running out room for gardens to grow on a horizontal plane. Yet vertical – that’s another dimension altogether.\n\nFor most home gardeners the concept isn’t a new one. We’ve been staking tomato plants, espaliering fruit trees and training creepers to grow over undesirable fences for aeons. Yet the thinking behind vertical gardens still seems radically new.\n\nThe reason: Whereas all our other vertical gardening exploits centred around plants being grounded in the soil, the vertical garden has absolutely no dependency on the ground. In fact, vertical gardens exist quite separately from soil and do so with inanimate ease.\n\nBut for most home gardeners, Patrick Blanc and his artworks are far beyond the comprehension and resources available to them. It’s quite facile to understand that many would file it in the “too-hard-box” and continue growing plants using traditional methods.\n\nHowever, as we have already experienced with increasing gas prices our conservative views of the world may need to change. Traditional methods of horticulture may become as extinct as dinosaurs. Our interaction with plants and growing mediums will have to change.\n\nSo, here’s a challenge for us all – myself included. Maybe we need to diversify a little and learn some new ways of doing things. Which is the reason for producing this post – a DIY guide to creating a vertical garden.\n<h2>A few helpful links to get your DIY Vertical Garden started</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Some Inspiration – a collage of succulents.</li>\n 	<li>More Inspiration – a Sydney, Australian urban garden that incorporates vertical gardening practices.</li>\n 	<li>A beginner’s DIY – here’s an easy how-to to get you started.</li>\n 	<li>A little more inspiration – just in case the first project got you off on a bad footing here’s some commercial greenwalls <em>[Link since removed]</em>.</li>\n 	<li>A sample video – this <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/2AOM9pFesWo\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">video</a> is a little budget but it does show the concepts and ease for starting a DIY vertical garden. It’s the second in a series of about vertical gardening so if you want to watch the first one – and have the patience for it – the link is <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/5knZ-2vL2Bk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">here</a>.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>The basics of a DIY Vertical Garden</h2>\n<ol>\n 	<li>The Frame – for longevity a metal frame is possibly the best option but treated wood can also outlast the vigour of running water.</li>\n 	<li>The Backboard – PVC sheets are the preferred option but can be substituted with fine, rigid wire mesh (preferably stainless steel).</li>\n 	<li>The Holding Sheet – a thick sheet of felt will give the best results but a tough hessian can also work well.</li>\n</ol>\nThe frame is basically the support for the vertical garden. On it, the backboard is adhered, fastened or riveted and then the holding sheet is stapled on top of that. For indoor applications, you can make a well at the bottom with a continuous feed pump moving the water back up and then filtering down through the plants via gravity. The water is usually filled, and refilled with nutrient, that sustains the plants.\n\nIf you decide to hang this outdoors then you can do away with the bottom well and just hand water the plants with a watering can.\n\nBasically, the principles of hydroponics are used in this technology so no soil is used for plant growth. Plants are neatly embedded and suspended into the felt which becomes its growing medium.\n<h2>Conclusion</h2>\nVertical gardens can be as simple or as complex as you choose. They can offer you another dimension to growing your plants or they could become living works of art that transform your backyard, balcony or patio. Regardless of how you start one, a vertical garden is a real possibility for any home gardener.', 'DIY Vertical Garden | How To Start', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'starting-a-diy-vertical-garden', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:05:50', '2021-11-02 16:05:50', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=635', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(636, 1, '2021-11-02 11:57:29', '2021-11-02 15:57:29', '', 'vertical-garden', 'A DIY Vertical Garden Example', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'vertical-garden', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:57:34', '2021-11-02 15:57:34', '', 635, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/vertical-garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(637, 1, '2021-11-02 11:58:42', '2021-11-02 15:58:42', 'Ever since coming across Patrick Blanc’s <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/12/help_my_plants_are_climbing_the_walls.html\">vertical garden</a> I’ve been interested to observe how this technology might transform the home gardening scene. I mean, it’s only a matter of time before we begin running out room for gardens to grow on a horizontal plane. Yet vertical – that’s another dimension altogether.\n\nFor most home gardeners the concept isn’t a new one. We’ve been staking tomato plants, espaliering fruit trees and training creepers to grow over undesirable fences for aeons. Yet the thinking behind vertical gardens still seems radically new.\n\nThe reason: Whereas all our other vertical gardening exploits centred around plants being grounded in the soil, the vertical garden has absolutely no dependency on the ground. In fact, vertical gardens exist quite separately from soil and do so with inanimate ease.\n\nBut for most home gardeners, Patrick Blanc and his artworks are far beyond the comprehension and resources available to them. It’s quite facile to understand that many would file it in the “too-hard-box” and continue growing plants using traditional methods.\n\nHowever, as we have already experienced with increasing gas prices our conservative views of the world may need to change. Traditional methods of horticulture may become as extinct as dinosaurs. Our interaction with plants and growing mediums will have to change.\n\nSo, here’s a challenge for us all – myself included. Maybe we need to diversify a little and learn some new ways of doing things. Which is the reason for producing this post – a DIY guide to creating a vertical garden.\n<h2>A few helpful links to get your DIY Vertical Garden started</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Some Inspiration – a <a href=\"http://www.pointclickhome.com/gardens_landscapes/articles/live_art\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">collage of succulents.</a></li>\n 	<li>More Inspiration – a Sydney, Australian <a href=\"http://flickr.com/photos/faircompanies/sets/72157603604598040/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">urban garden</a> that incorporates vertical gardening practices.</li>\n 	<li>A beginner’s DIY – here’s an <a href=\"http://www.apartmenttherapy.com/chicago/gardening/flickr-finds-diy-vertical-garden-024327\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">easy how-to</a> to get you started.</li>\n 	<li>A little more inspiration – just in case the first project got you off on a bad footing here’s some commercial greenwalls <em>[Link since removed]</em>.</li>\n 	<li>A sample video – this <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/2AOM9pFesWo\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">video</a> is a little budget but it does show the concepts and ease for starting a DIY vertical garden. It’s the second in a series of about vertical gardening so if you want to watch the first one – and have the patience for it – the link is <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/5knZ-2vL2Bk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">here</a>.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>The basics of a DIY Vertical Garden</h2>\n<ol>\n 	<li>The Frame – for longevity a metal frame is possibly the best option but treated wood can also outlast the vigour of running water.</li>\n 	<li>The Backboard – PVC sheets are the preferred option but can be substituted with fine, rigid wire mesh (preferably stainless steel).</li>\n 	<li>The Holding Sheet – a thick sheet of felt will give the best results but a tough hessian can also work well.</li>\n</ol>\nThe frame is basically the support for the vertical garden. On it, the backboard is adhered, fastened or riveted and then the holding sheet is stapled on top of that. For indoor applications, you can make a well at the bottom with a continuous feed pump moving the water back up and then filtering down through the plants via gravity. The water is usually filled, and refilled with nutrient, that sustains the plants.\n\nIf you decide to hang this outdoors then you can do away with the bottom well and just hand water the plants with a watering can.\n\nBasically, the principles of hydroponics are used in this technology so no soil is used for plant growth. Plants are neatly embedded and suspended into the felt which becomes its growing medium.\n<h2>Conclusion</h2>\nVertical gardens can be as simple or as complex as you choose. They can offer you another dimension to growing your plants or they could become living works of art that transform your backyard, balcony or patio. Regardless of how you start one, a vertical garden is a real possibility for any home gardener.', 'DIY Vertical Garden | How To Start', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '635-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:58:42', '2021-11-02 15:58:42', '', 635, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=637', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(638, 1, '2021-11-02 11:59:33', '2021-11-02 15:59:33', 'Garden wall art adds a brand new dimension to high-end garden design. Where garden decoration has previously been, for the most part, limited to benches, fountains, and waterfalls, now there is a growing trend toward decorating the walls of a garden as well. There are many different, unique ways to decorate your garden’s walls but it’s important that your decorations add to the beauty of your garden and don’t take away or distract from it. Here are a few ideas.\n\n[toc]\n<h3>Vertical Garden Art</h3>\n<a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/starting-a-diy-vertical-garden/\">Vertical gardening</a>, also known as living wall art, is a great way to beautifully decorate your vacant garden wall spaces while continuing to go green and adding to the relaxing feel of your atmosphere. Vertical gardens can be obtained or built in many different sizes and shapes. They can even be themed to fit in with the premise of the rest of your garden.\n\nIf you are plant lover, you probably already have plants almost everywhere. Garden wall art allows you to add to your beautiful collection while conquering the final frontier for your plants – the vertical spaces of your garden. If you aren’t yet a plant lover but are looking for the latest in design trends for your garden, garden wall art is currently heavily in vogue. Vertical gardening not only adds colour and life to your vertical spaces but it makes a statement about your cultured tastes and love for our planet. And after a while of living with the amazing growth and striking beauty that garden wall art brings to your life, you just may fall in love with your plants after all.\n<h3>Metal Garden Wall Art</h3>\nMetal garden wall art also blends in well with most gardens. Metal wall hangings<img src=\"https://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=ur2&amp;o=1\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> and sculptures are widely available and can be installed without much hassle. The great thing about metal garden wall art is that it is highly resistant to extreme outdoor temperatures and will not be permanently ruined by moisture. Metal wall art is also easy to clean and polish. Burnished steel and coppers looks great as a background to dark green plants, while darker metals provide a beautiful contrast to plants with lighter colours.\n\nSteel is a very inexpensive metal that is used to make a wide variety of garden wall art. The natural colour and texture of the steel often blends in well with most gardens, although it can also be painted any colour you desire. Garden wall art made from recycled steel products is also a gorgeous addition to most gardens. Old bicycles or oil drums can be mounted on the garden wall as art, as well as ancient tricycles and old garden tools.\n<h3>Ceramic Wall Art</h3>\nCeramic art is another beautiful way to decorate your garden wall. Ceramic wall art usually comes in bright, cheerful colours and is usually best suited to warmer weather. Combining a ceramic wall sculpture with a garden mirror can create some of the most amazing effects as nature is reflected onto the beautiful artwork. If you are planning to use a mirror to decorate your garden wall, make sure to buy one that is made out of treated glass, suitable for outdoor use. Acrylic mirrors can usually withstand the harsh outdoors better than normal glass.\n<h3>Concrete Garden Wall Art</h3>\nConcrete garden wall art is a great option for rustic-looking gardens. Concrete goes well with a huge variety of plants and can be an elegant and unobtrusive addition to your garden wall.\n<h3>Using Wall Lights Artistically</h3>\nWall lights are a beautiful way to attract attention to your garden after dark. Although they come in many different unique themes, two major categories for wall lights are traditional and modern. Use whichever of these is more suitable to the overall look of your garden. If you have no idea what to use, iron lanterns generally blend in well with most gardens. The handy thing about wall lights in a garden is that they can serve a functional purpose as well as their beautification end. They can also highlight your other garden wall art, allowing it to be seen at nighttime.', 'Garden Wall Art: The Growing Trend', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '632-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 11:59:33', '2021-11-02 15:59:33', '', 632, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=638', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(639, 1, '2021-11-02 12:00:24', '2021-11-02 16:00:24', 'Ever since coming across Patrick Blanc’s <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/12/help_my_plants_are_climbing_the_walls.html\">vertical garden</a> I’ve been interested to observe how this technology might transform the home gardening scene. I mean, it’s only a matter of time before we begin running out room for gardens to grow on a horizontal plane. Yet vertical – that’s another dimension altogether.\n\nFor most home gardeners the concept isn’t a new one. We’ve been staking tomato plants, espaliering fruit trees and training creepers to grow over undesirable fences for aeons. Yet the thinking behind vertical gardens still seems radically new.\n\nThe reason: Whereas all our other vertical gardening exploits centred around plants being grounded in the soil, the vertical garden has absolutely no dependency on the ground. In fact, vertical gardens exist quite separately from soil and do so with inanimate ease.\n\nBut for most home gardeners, Patrick Blanc and his artworks are far beyond the comprehension and resources available to them. It’s quite facile to understand that many would file it in the “too-hard-box” and continue growing plants using traditional methods.\n\nHowever, as we have already experienced with increasing gas prices our conservative views of the world may need to change. Traditional methods of horticulture may become as extinct as dinosaurs. Our interaction with plants and growing mediums will have to change.\n\nSo, here’s a challenge for us all – myself included. Maybe we need to diversify a little and learn some new ways of doing things. Which is the reason for producing this post – a DIY guide to creating a vertical garden.\n<h2>A few helpful links to get your DIY Vertical Garden started</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Some Inspiration – a <a href=\"http://www.pointclickhome.com/gardens_landscapes/articles/live_art\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">collage of succulents.</a></li>\n 	<li>More Inspiration – a Sydney, Australian urban garden that incorporates vertical gardening practices.</li>\n 	<li>A beginner’s DIY – here’s an <a href=\"http://www.apartmenttherapy.com/chicago/gardening/flickr-finds-diy-vertical-garden-024327\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">easy how-to</a> to get you started.</li>\n 	<li>A little more inspiration – just in case the first project got you off on a bad footing here’s some commercial greenwalls <em>[Link since removed]</em>.</li>\n 	<li>A sample video – this <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/2AOM9pFesWo\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">video</a> is a little budget but it does show the concepts and ease for starting a DIY vertical garden. It’s the second in a series of about vertical gardening so if you want to watch the first one – and have the patience for it – the link is <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/5knZ-2vL2Bk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">here</a>.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>The basics of a DIY Vertical Garden</h2>\n<ol>\n 	<li>The Frame – for longevity a metal frame is possibly the best option but treated wood can also outlast the vigour of running water.</li>\n 	<li>The Backboard – PVC sheets are the preferred option but can be substituted with fine, rigid wire mesh (preferably stainless steel).</li>\n 	<li>The Holding Sheet – a thick sheet of felt will give the best results but a tough hessian can also work well.</li>\n</ol>\nThe frame is basically the support for the vertical garden. On it, the backboard is adhered, fastened or riveted and then the holding sheet is stapled on top of that. For indoor applications, you can make a well at the bottom with a continuous feed pump moving the water back up and then filtering down through the plants via gravity. The water is usually filled, and refilled with nutrient, that sustains the plants.\n\nIf you decide to hang this outdoors then you can do away with the bottom well and just hand water the plants with a watering can.\n\nBasically, the principles of hydroponics are used in this technology so no soil is used for plant growth. Plants are neatly embedded and suspended into the felt which becomes its growing medium.\n<h2>Conclusion</h2>\nVertical gardens can be as simple or as complex as you choose. They can offer you another dimension to growing your plants or they could become living works of art that transform your backyard, balcony or patio. Regardless of how you start one, a vertical garden is a real possibility for any home gardener.', 'DIY Vertical Garden | How To Start', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '635-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:00:24', '2021-11-02 16:00:24', '', 635, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=639', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(641, 1, '2021-11-02 12:00:47', '2021-11-02 16:00:47', 'Ever since coming across Patrick Blanc’s <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/12/help_my_plants_are_climbing_the_walls.html\">vertical garden</a> I’ve been interested to observe how this technology might transform the home gardening scene. I mean, it’s only a matter of time before we begin running out room for gardens to grow on a horizontal plane. Yet vertical – that’s another dimension altogether.\n\nFor most home gardeners the concept isn’t a new one. We’ve been staking tomato plants, espaliering fruit trees and training creepers to grow over undesirable fences for aeons. Yet the thinking behind vertical gardens still seems radically new.\n\nThe reason: Whereas all our other vertical gardening exploits centred around plants being grounded in the soil, the vertical garden has absolutely no dependency on the ground. In fact, vertical gardens exist quite separately from soil and do so with inanimate ease.\n\nBut for most home gardeners, Patrick Blanc and his artworks are far beyond the comprehension and resources available to them. It’s quite facile to understand that many would file it in the “too-hard-box” and continue growing plants using traditional methods.\n\nHowever, as we have already experienced with increasing gas prices our conservative views of the world may need to change. Traditional methods of horticulture may become as extinct as dinosaurs. Our interaction with plants and growing mediums will have to change.\n\nSo, here’s a challenge for us all – myself included. Maybe we need to diversify a little and learn some new ways of doing things. Which is the reason for producing this post – a DIY guide to creating a vertical garden.\n<h2>A few helpful links to get your DIY Vertical Garden started</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Some Inspiration – a <a href=\"http://www.pointclickhome.com/gardens_landscapes/articles/live_art\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">collage of succulents.</a></li>\n 	<li>More Inspiration – a Sydney, Australian urban garden that incorporates vertical gardening practices.</li>\n 	<li>A beginner’s DIY – here’s an <a href=\"https://www.apartmenttherapy.com/chicago/gardening/flickr-finds-diy-vertical-garden-024327\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">easy how-to</a> to get you started.</li>\n 	<li>A little more inspiration – just in case the first project got you off on a bad footing here’s some commercial greenwalls <em>[Link since removed]</em>.</li>\n 	<li>A sample video – this <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/2AOM9pFesWo\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">video</a> is a little budget but it does show the concepts and ease for starting a DIY vertical garden. It’s the second in a series of about vertical gardening so if you want to watch the first one – and have the patience for it – the link is <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/5knZ-2vL2Bk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">here</a>.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>The basics of a DIY Vertical Garden</h2>\n<ol>\n 	<li>The Frame – for longevity a metal frame is possibly the best option but treated wood can also outlast the vigour of running water.</li>\n 	<li>The Backboard – PVC sheets are the preferred option but can be substituted with fine, rigid wire mesh (preferably stainless steel).</li>\n 	<li>The Holding Sheet – a thick sheet of felt will give the best results but a tough hessian can also work well.</li>\n</ol>\nThe frame is basically the support for the vertical garden. On it, the backboard is adhered, fastened or riveted and then the holding sheet is stapled on top of that. For indoor applications, you can make a well at the bottom with a continuous feed pump moving the water back up and then filtering down through the plants via gravity. The water is usually filled, and refilled with nutrient, that sustains the plants.\n\nIf you decide to hang this outdoors then you can do away with the bottom well and just hand water the plants with a watering can.\n\nBasically, the principles of hydroponics are used in this technology so no soil is used for plant growth. Plants are neatly embedded and suspended into the felt which becomes its growing medium.\n<h2>Conclusion</h2>\nVertical gardens can be as simple or as complex as you choose. They can offer you another dimension to growing your plants or they could become living works of art that transform your backyard, balcony or patio. Regardless of how you start one, a vertical garden is a real possibility for any home gardener.', 'DIY Vertical Garden | How To Start', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '635-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:00:47', '2021-11-02 16:00:47', '', 635, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=641', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(643, 1, '2021-11-02 12:01:47', '2021-11-02 16:01:47', 'Ever since coming across Patrick Blanc’s <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/12/help_my_plants_are_climbing_the_walls.html\">vertical garden</a> I’ve been interested to observe how this technology might transform the home gardening scene. I mean, it’s only a matter of time before we begin running out room for gardens to grow on a horizontal plane. Yet vertical – that’s another dimension altogether.\n\nFor most home gardeners the concept isn’t a new one. We’ve been staking tomato plants, espaliering fruit trees and training creepers to grow over undesirable fences for aeons. Yet the thinking behind vertical gardens still seems radically new.\n\nThe reason: Whereas all our other vertical gardening exploits centred around plants being grounded in the soil, the vertical garden has absolutely no dependency on the ground. In fact, vertical gardens exist quite separately from soil and do so with inanimate ease.\n\nBut for most home gardeners, Patrick Blanc and his artworks are far beyond the comprehension and resources available to them. It’s quite facile to understand that many would file it in the “too-hard-box” and continue growing plants using traditional methods.\n\nHowever, as we have already experienced with increasing gas prices our conservative views of the world may need to change. Traditional methods of horticulture may become as extinct as dinosaurs. Our interaction with plants and growing mediums will have to change.\n\nSo, here’s a challenge for us all – myself included. Maybe we need to diversify a little and learn some new ways of doing things. Which is the reason for producing this post – a DIY guide to creating a vertical garden.\n<h2>A few helpful links to get your DIY Vertical Garden started</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Some Inspiration – a <a href=\"http://www.pointclickhome.com/gardens_landscapes/articles/live_art\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">collage of succulents.</a></li>\n 	<li>More Inspiration – a Sydney, Australian urban garden that incorporates vertical gardening practices.</li>\n 	<li>A beginner’s DIY – here’s an <a href=\"http://www.apartmenttherapy.com/chicago/gardening/flickr-finds-diy-vertical-garden-024327\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">easy how-to</a> to get you started.</li>\n 	<li>A little more inspiration – just in case the first project got you off on a bad footing here’s some commercial greenwalls <em>[Link since removed]</em>.</li>\n 	<li>A sample video – this <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/2AOM9pFesWo\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">video</a> is a little budget but it does show the concepts and ease for starting a DIY vertical garden. It’s the second in a series of about vertical gardening so if you want to watch the first one – and have the patience for it – the link is <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/5knZ-2vL2Bk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">here</a>.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>The basics of a DIY Vertical Garden</h2>\n<ol>\n 	<li>The Frame – for longevity a metal frame is possibly the best option but treated wood can also outlast the vigour of running water.</li>\n 	<li>The Backboard – PVC sheets are the preferred option but can be substituted with fine, rigid wire mesh (preferably stainless steel).</li>\n 	<li>The Holding Sheet – a thick sheet of felt will give the best results but a tough hessian can also work well.</li>\n</ol>\nThe frame is basically the support for the vertical garden. On it, the backboard is adhered, fastened or riveted and then the holding sheet is stapled on top of that. For indoor applications, you can make a well at the bottom with a continuous feed pump moving the water back up and then filtering down through the plants via gravity. The water is usually filled, and refilled with nutrient, that sustains the plants.\n\nIf you decide to hang this outdoors then you can do away with the bottom well and just hand water the plants with a watering can.\n\nBasically, the principles of hydroponics are used in this technology so no soil is used for plant growth. Plants are neatly embedded and suspended into the felt which becomes its growing medium.\n<h2>Conclusion</h2>\nVertical gardens can be as simple or as complex as you choose. They can offer you another dimension to growing your plants or they could become living works of art that transform your backyard, balcony or patio. Regardless of how you start one, a vertical garden is a real possibility for any home gardener.', 'DIY Vertical Garden | How To Start', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '635-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:01:47', '2021-11-02 16:01:47', '', 635, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=643', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(644, 1, '2021-11-02 12:02:08', '2021-11-02 16:02:08', 'Ever since coming across Patrick Blanc’s <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/12/help_my_plants_are_climbing_the_walls.html\">vertical garden</a> I’ve been interested to observe how this technology might transform the home gardening scene. I mean, it’s only a matter of time before we begin running out room for gardens to grow on a horizontal plane. Yet vertical – that’s another dimension altogether.\n\nFor most home gardeners the concept isn’t a new one. We’ve been staking tomato plants, espaliering fruit trees and training creepers to grow over undesirable fences for aeons. Yet the thinking behind vertical gardens still seems radically new.\n\nThe reason: Whereas all our other vertical gardening exploits centred around plants being grounded in the soil, the vertical garden has absolutely no dependency on the ground. In fact, vertical gardens exist quite separately from soil and do so with inanimate ease.\n\nBut for most home gardeners, Patrick Blanc and his artworks are far beyond the comprehension and resources available to them. It’s quite facile to understand that many would file it in the “too-hard-box” and continue growing plants using traditional methods.\n\nHowever, as we have already experienced with increasing gas prices our conservative views of the world may need to change. Traditional methods of horticulture may become as extinct as dinosaurs. Our interaction with plants and growing mediums will have to change.\n\nSo, here’s a challenge for us all – myself included. Maybe we need to diversify a little and learn some new ways of doing things. Which is the reason for producing this post – a DIY guide to creating a vertical garden.\n<h2>A few helpful links to get your DIY Vertical Garden started</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Some Inspiration – a collage of succulents.</li>\n 	<li>More Inspiration – a Sydney, Australian urban garden that incorporates vertical gardening practices.</li>\n 	<li>A beginner’s DIY – here’s an <a href=\"http://www.apartmenttherapy.com/chicago/gardening/flickr-finds-diy-vertical-garden-024327\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">easy how-to</a> to get you started.</li>\n 	<li>A little more inspiration – just in case the first project got you off on a bad footing here’s some commercial greenwalls <em>[Link since removed]</em>.</li>\n 	<li>A sample video – this <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/2AOM9pFesWo\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">video</a> is a little budget but it does show the concepts and ease for starting a DIY vertical garden. It’s the second in a series of about vertical gardening so if you want to watch the first one – and have the patience for it – the link is <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/5knZ-2vL2Bk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">here</a>.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>The basics of a DIY Vertical Garden</h2>\n<ol>\n 	<li>The Frame – for longevity a metal frame is possibly the best option but treated wood can also outlast the vigour of running water.</li>\n 	<li>The Backboard – PVC sheets are the preferred option but can be substituted with fine, rigid wire mesh (preferably stainless steel).</li>\n 	<li>The Holding Sheet – a thick sheet of felt will give the best results but a tough hessian can also work well.</li>\n</ol>\nThe frame is basically the support for the vertical garden. On it, the backboard is adhered, fastened or riveted and then the holding sheet is stapled on top of that. For indoor applications, you can make a well at the bottom with a continuous feed pump moving the water back up and then filtering down through the plants via gravity. The water is usually filled, and refilled with nutrient, that sustains the plants.\n\nIf you decide to hang this outdoors then you can do away with the bottom well and just hand water the plants with a watering can.\n\nBasically, the principles of hydroponics are used in this technology so no soil is used for plant growth. Plants are neatly embedded and suspended into the felt which becomes its growing medium.\n<h2>Conclusion</h2>\nVertical gardens can be as simple or as complex as you choose. They can offer you another dimension to growing your plants or they could become living works of art that transform your backyard, balcony or patio. Regardless of how you start one, a vertical garden is a real possibility for any home gardener.', 'DIY Vertical Garden | How To Start', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '635-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:02:08', '2021-11-02 16:02:08', '', 635, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=644', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(645, 1, '2021-11-02 12:02:17', '2021-11-02 16:02:17', 'Ever since coming across Patrick Blanc’s <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/12/help_my_plants_are_climbing_the_walls.html\">vertical garden</a> I’ve been interested to observe how this technology might transform the home gardening scene. I mean, it’s only a matter of time before we begin running out room for gardens to grow on a horizontal plane. Yet vertical – that’s another dimension altogether.\n\nFor most home gardeners the concept isn’t a new one. We’ve been staking tomato plants, espaliering fruit trees and training creepers to grow over undesirable fences for aeons. Yet the thinking behind vertical gardens still seems radically new.\n\nThe reason: Whereas all our other vertical gardening exploits centred around plants being grounded in the soil, the vertical garden has absolutely no dependency on the ground. In fact, vertical gardens exist quite separately from soil and do so with inanimate ease.\n\nBut for most home gardeners, Patrick Blanc and his artworks are far beyond the comprehension and resources available to them. It’s quite facile to understand that many would file it in the “too-hard-box” and continue growing plants using traditional methods.\n\nHowever, as we have already experienced with increasing gas prices our conservative views of the world may need to change. Traditional methods of horticulture may become as extinct as dinosaurs. Our interaction with plants and growing mediums will have to change.\n\nSo, here’s a challenge for us all – myself included. Maybe we need to diversify a little and learn some new ways of doing things. Which is the reason for producing this post – a DIY guide to creating a vertical garden.\n<h2>A few helpful links to get your DIY Vertical Garden started</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Some Inspiration – a collage of succulents.</li>\n 	<li>More Inspiration – a Sydney, Australian urban garden that incorporates vertical gardening practices.</li>\n 	<li>A beginner’s DIY – here’s an easy how-to to get you started.</li>\n 	<li>A little more inspiration – just in case the first project got you off on a bad footing here’s some commercial greenwalls <em>[Link since removed]</em>.</li>\n 	<li>A sample video – this <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/2AOM9pFesWo\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">video</a> is a little budget but it does show the concepts and ease for starting a DIY vertical garden. It’s the second in a series of about vertical gardening so if you want to watch the first one – and have the patience for it – the link is <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/5knZ-2vL2Bk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">here</a>.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>The basics of a DIY Vertical Garden</h2>\n<ol>\n 	<li>The Frame – for longevity a metal frame is possibly the best option but treated wood can also outlast the vigour of running water.</li>\n 	<li>The Backboard – PVC sheets are the preferred option but can be substituted with fine, rigid wire mesh (preferably stainless steel).</li>\n 	<li>The Holding Sheet – a thick sheet of felt will give the best results but a tough hessian can also work well.</li>\n</ol>\nThe frame is basically the support for the vertical garden. On it, the backboard is adhered, fastened or riveted and then the holding sheet is stapled on top of that. For indoor applications, you can make a well at the bottom with a continuous feed pump moving the water back up and then filtering down through the plants via gravity. The water is usually filled, and refilled with nutrient, that sustains the plants.\n\nIf you decide to hang this outdoors then you can do away with the bottom well and just hand water the plants with a watering can.\n\nBasically, the principles of hydroponics are used in this technology so no soil is used for plant growth. Plants are neatly embedded and suspended into the felt which becomes its growing medium.\n<h2>Conclusion</h2>\nVertical gardens can be as simple or as complex as you choose. They can offer you another dimension to growing your plants or they could become living works of art that transform your backyard, balcony or patio. Regardless of how you start one, a vertical garden is a real possibility for any home gardener.', 'DIY Vertical Garden | How To Start', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '635-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:02:17', '2021-11-02 16:02:17', '', 635, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=645', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(646, 1, '2006-12-22 12:02:00', '2006-12-22 17:02:00', 'Free of any soil, mulch and organic composted material Patrick Blanc’s vertical gardens are certainly eye-catching to say the least. Skyscrapers, shopping malls, carparks, museums and building facades are all being decorated with plants as part of Blanc’s botany research.\n\nConsisting of only a metal frame, a PVC layer and some felt plants are held in a vertical growing position with the roots attaching themselves to the felt. This felt layer also becomes the distribution layer for the water and nutrients providing the essentials directly to the plants.\n\nEven though it appears to be an engineering success Blanc reports that the weight of the system is only 30kg per square metre making it possible for any wall to carry the load.', 'Help! My plants are climbing the walls!', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'help-my-plants-are-climbing-the-walls', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:06:35', '2021-11-02 16:06:35', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=646', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(647, 1, '2021-11-02 12:03:49', '2021-11-02 16:03:49', '', 'verticalgarden04', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'verticalgarden04', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:03:49', '2021-11-02 16:03:49', '', 646, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/verticalgarden04.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(648, 1, '2021-11-02 12:05:33', '2021-11-02 16:05:33', 'Free of any soil, mulch and organic composted material <a href=\"http://www.pingmag.jp/2006/12/08/vertical-garden-the-art-of-organic-architecture/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Patrick Blanc’s vertical gardens</a> are certainly eye-catching to say the least. Skyscrapers, shopping malls, carparks, museums and building facades are all being decorated with plants as part of Blanc’s botany research.\n\nConsisting of only a metal frame, a PVC layer and some felt plants are held in a vertical growing position with the roots attaching themselves to the felt. This felt layer also becomes the distribution layer for the water and nutrients providing the essentials directly to the plants.\n\nEven though it appears to be an engineering success Blanc reports that the weight of the system is only 30kg per square metre making it possible for any wall to carry the load.\n\nFollow <a href=\"http://www.pingmag.jp/2006/12/08/vertical-garden-the-art-of-organic-architecture/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">this link</a> if you’re interested in reading more…', 'Help! My plants are climbing the walls!', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '646-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:05:33', '2021-11-02 16:05:33', '', 646, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=648', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(649, 1, '2021-11-02 12:05:49', '2021-11-02 16:05:49', 'Ever since coming across Patrick Blanc’s <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/help-my-plants-are-climbing-the-walls/\">vertical garden</a> I’ve been interested to observe how this technology might transform the home gardening scene. I mean, it’s only a matter of time before we begin running out room for gardens to grow on a horizontal plane. Yet vertical – that’s another dimension altogether.\n\nFor most home gardeners the concept isn’t a new one. We’ve been staking tomato plants, espaliering fruit trees and training creepers to grow over undesirable fences for aeons. Yet the thinking behind vertical gardens still seems radically new.\n\nThe reason: Whereas all our other vertical gardening exploits centred around plants being grounded in the soil, the vertical garden has absolutely no dependency on the ground. In fact, vertical gardens exist quite separately from soil and do so with inanimate ease.\n\nBut for most home gardeners, Patrick Blanc and his artworks are far beyond the comprehension and resources available to them. It’s quite facile to understand that many would file it in the “too-hard-box” and continue growing plants using traditional methods.\n\nHowever, as we have already experienced with increasing gas prices our conservative views of the world may need to change. Traditional methods of horticulture may become as extinct as dinosaurs. Our interaction with plants and growing mediums will have to change.\n\nSo, here’s a challenge for us all – myself included. Maybe we need to diversify a little and learn some new ways of doing things. Which is the reason for producing this post – a DIY guide to creating a vertical garden.\n<h2>A few helpful links to get your DIY Vertical Garden started</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Some Inspiration – a collage of succulents.</li>\n 	<li>More Inspiration – a Sydney, Australian urban garden that incorporates vertical gardening practices.</li>\n 	<li>A beginner’s DIY – here’s an easy how-to to get you started.</li>\n 	<li>A little more inspiration – just in case the first project got you off on a bad footing here’s some commercial greenwalls <em>[Link since removed]</em>.</li>\n 	<li>A sample video – this <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/2AOM9pFesWo\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">video</a> is a little budget but it does show the concepts and ease for starting a DIY vertical garden. It’s the second in a series of about vertical gardening so if you want to watch the first one – and have the patience for it – the link is <a href=\"https://www.youtube.com/v/5knZ-2vL2Bk\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">here</a>.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>The basics of a DIY Vertical Garden</h2>\n<ol>\n 	<li>The Frame – for longevity a metal frame is possibly the best option but treated wood can also outlast the vigour of running water.</li>\n 	<li>The Backboard – PVC sheets are the preferred option but can be substituted with fine, rigid wire mesh (preferably stainless steel).</li>\n 	<li>The Holding Sheet – a thick sheet of felt will give the best results but a tough hessian can also work well.</li>\n</ol>\nThe frame is basically the support for the vertical garden. On it, the backboard is adhered, fastened or riveted and then the holding sheet is stapled on top of that. For indoor applications, you can make a well at the bottom with a continuous feed pump moving the water back up and then filtering down through the plants via gravity. The water is usually filled, and refilled with nutrient, that sustains the plants.\n\nIf you decide to hang this outdoors then you can do away with the bottom well and just hand water the plants with a watering can.\n\nBasically, the principles of hydroponics are used in this technology so no soil is used for plant growth. Plants are neatly embedded and suspended into the felt which becomes its growing medium.\n<h2>Conclusion</h2>\nVertical gardens can be as simple or as complex as you choose. They can offer you another dimension to growing your plants or they could become living works of art that transform your backyard, balcony or patio. Regardless of how you start one, a vertical garden is a real possibility for any home gardener.', 'DIY Vertical Garden | How To Start', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '635-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:05:49', '2021-11-02 16:05:49', '', 635, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=649', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(650, 1, '2021-11-02 12:06:34', '2021-11-02 16:06:34', 'Free of any soil, mulch and organic composted material Patrick Blanc’s vertical gardens are certainly eye-catching to say the least. Skyscrapers, shopping malls, carparks, museums and building facades are all being decorated with plants as part of Blanc’s botany research.\n\nConsisting of only a metal frame, a PVC layer and some felt plants are held in a vertical growing position with the roots attaching themselves to the felt. This felt layer also becomes the distribution layer for the water and nutrients providing the essentials directly to the plants.\n\nEven though it appears to be an engineering success Blanc reports that the weight of the system is only 30kg per square metre making it possible for any wall to carry the load.', 'Help! My plants are climbing the walls!', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '646-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-02 12:06:34', '2021-11-02 16:06:34', '', 646, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=650', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(651, 1, '2011-02-24 06:38:00', '2011-02-24 11:38:00', 'A living fence has only one primary function: privacy. If you’re looking for security then, unless you’re planting a thorny bougainvillea, you probably won’t find solace in a growing fence. But privacy, now that’s easy to manage.\n\nWhen we’re talking about a living fence we’re basically discussing hedges but not hedges that need clipping on a regular basis – although that still does constitute a living fence. Instead, a living fence can be any close grouping of trees or shrubs – basically any perennials – that give enough height to screen out unwanted views, or others viewing you. And, because they’re plants there are usually little to no local regulations that limit how high you can go. Quite literally, the sky is the limit.\n<h2>Living Fence vs Constructed Fence</h2>\nThe obvious difference is the height of a living fence. Once a constructed fence starts getting over a certain height it requires engineering plans and specifications, deeper and wider footings, and far more strengthening within the wall itself just so it doesn’t topple over with the first gust of wind that comes along.\n\nConstructed fences also cost more than a living fence. Any form of constructed fencing will require large amounts of dollars especially if you are trying to build it for privacy purposes. If it’s for security needs then you can almost double it immediately. On the other hand, living fences are relatively quite cheap. Depending on the maturity of the individual shrubs or trees you can easily pocket some of your hard-earned savings.\n\nHowever, a living fence does have some cons on the balance sheet. Firstly, they take longer to grow. A constructed fence can be erected within a matter of days or weeks while living fences take years to grow and mature and to begin working effectively.\n\nPlus, it’s much easier for a tree or shrub to die and much harder to replace a middle plant should it cark it unexpectedly.\n<h2>Choosing Plants for a Living Fence</h2>\nAs height is the goal you want to consider plants that have a columnar or bushing effect. Plus, you don’t want to be planting deciduous trees – which rules out the beautiful birches and poplars – because they will only provide enough privacy in the warmer months. And, you certainly won’t be interested in plants that are going to take over your garden beds – which rules out ficus’.\n\nInstead, opt for non-invasive bamboo, conifers, pittosporum or even some Australian native melaleucas. These all provide decent height levels plus they will provide an excellent screen and aren’t easily susceptible to disease – just watch the canker issues with conifers.', 'Planting a Living Fence', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'planting-a-living-fence', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:41:13', '2021-11-03 10:41:13', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=651', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(652, 1, '2021-11-03 06:40:38', '2021-11-03 10:40:38', '', 'living-fence', 'A Living Fence', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'living-fence', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:40:42', '2021-11-03 10:40:42', '', 651, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/living-fence.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(653, 1, '2021-11-03 06:41:12', '2021-11-03 10:41:12', 'A living fence has only one primary function: privacy. If you’re looking for security then, unless you’re planting a thorny bougainvillea, you probably won’t find solace in a growing fence. But privacy, now that’s easy to manage.\n\nWhen we’re talking about a living fence we’re basically discussing hedges but not hedges that need clipping on a regular basis – although that still does constitute a living fence. Instead, a living fence can be any close grouping of trees or shrubs – basically any perennials – that give enough height to screen out unwanted views, or others viewing you. And, because they’re plants there are usually little to no local regulations that limit how high you can go. Quite literally, the sky is the limit.\n<h2>Living Fence vs Constructed Fence</h2>\nThe obvious difference is the height of a living fence. Once a constructed fence starts getting over a certain height it requires engineering plans and specifications, deeper and wider footings, and far more strengthening within the wall itself just so it doesn’t topple over with the first gust of wind that comes along.\n\nConstructed fences also cost more than a living fence. Any form of constructed fencing will require large amounts of dollars especially if you are trying to build it for privacy purposes. If it’s for security needs then you can almost double it immediately. On the other hand, living fences are relatively quite cheap. Depending on the maturity of the individual shrubs or trees you can easily pocket some of your hard-earned savings.\n\nHowever, a living fence does have some cons on the balance sheet. Firstly, they take longer to grow. A constructed fence can be erected within a matter of days or weeks while living fences take years to grow and mature and to begin working effectively.\n\nPlus, it’s much easier for a tree or shrub to die and much harder to replace a middle plant should it cark it unexpectedly.\n<h2>Choosing Plants for a Living Fence</h2>\nAs height is the goal you want to consider plants that have a columnar or bushing effect. Plus, you don’t want to be planting deciduous trees – which rules out the beautiful birches and poplars – because they will only provide enough privacy in the warmer months. And, you certainly won’t be interested in plants that are going to take over your garden beds – which rules out ficus’.\n\nInstead, opt for non-invasive bamboo, conifers, pittosporum or even some Australian native melaleucas. These all provide decent height levels plus they will provide an excellent screen and aren’t easily susceptible to disease – just watch the canker issues with conifers.', 'Planting a Living Fence', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '651-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:41:12', '2021-11-03 10:41:12', '', 651, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=653', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(654, 1, '2011-01-30 06:41:00', '2011-01-30 11:41:00', 'Solar lights have come a long way since their inception, and mass development, in the past decade. Their initial features were fairly basic and clumsy yet they offered the gardener a cheap, no-nonsense way to install landscape lighting. No heavy digging. No high voltage power cables. They were the darling of the gardening world – for a time.\n\nYet, now, as they have finally improved a million-fold and become cheaper due to better technology we’re reticent to put them in our gardens. It seems ironic that our first views of solar lights have clouded our thinking on installing them today. So, let’s start with the basics.\n<h2>Why Would You Want Solar Landscape Lighting</h2>\nThe little “green” button inside each of us seems to instantly get pushed ON when we start talking energy from the sun. And why wouldn’t it? Renewable energy is the way of the future so substituting coal-powered electricity for solar is a no-brainer.\n\nBut, the predominant reason most people look at solar landscape lighting is the cost. Try getting an electrician ’round to your house to fix a few wires or install some new lights and you’ll soon realise that it’s an expensive affair. If you wanted to take that outdoors and have a sparkie install some traditional garden lighting then you might want to start looking at organising a second mortgage on your property – it won’t be cheap!\n<h2>What Types of Solar Lighting Are Available</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Accent Lights</strong> – These are used to illuminate driveways, paths, walkways and other thoroughfares throughout the landscape.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Spot Lights</strong> – As the name suggests they brighten a specific area in focus.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Security Lights</strong> – In most applications, solar security lights are attached to motion sensors and only come on when the sensor is triggered.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Door Entry Lights</strong> – Positioned above an external door these solar lights limit the exposure to their illumination within the door’s boundaries.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Whimsy Lights</strong> – These can be any of the above but are usually crafted with decorative shapes, patterns and even themes.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Net Lights </strong>– These solar lights are positioned within a net and cover shrubs, trees and bushes as an impact statement.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Tips for Installing Solar Landscape Lighting</h2>\nAs there is no hard-wiring to do when it comes to installing solar lights the job is very much a DIY opportunity. However, there are some tips to make the job, and subsequent maintenance, even easier.\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Positioning the Solar Panel</strong> – Some solar lights, especially solar security lights, come with a separate solar panel. These can often be mounted up to 5m away from the light itself. When positioning the solar panel ensure that it is facing north (southern hemisphere) or south (northern hemisphere) so that it captures the most sun. Often the DIYer will just position it toward the sun when it’s being fitted and fail to consider this maximum solar capture zone.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Cover Any Wires in Conduit</strong> – While many solar lights are stand-alone units there are some that come with wiring. This wiring either enables hook-up to a separate solar panel or connects strings of lights to each other. Where these solar lights are situated in garden beds or running across roofs it is best to cover them with some form of conduit to secure them from birds and animals and the occasional wayward shovel.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Easy Access</strong> – While many DIYers can install these types of lights quite easily often ease of access for later problems is ignored. Changing back-up batteries, cleaning light diffusers, and even ammendments to current settings can become a bigger-than-need-be job. Therefore, when installing the lights always consider how you might access them at a later date and prepare accordingly.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Conservative Distances Between Lights</strong> – Installing solar landscape lighting is more of an art than a science so be prepared to decrease your initial spacings between lights. Accent lights are notorious for being spaced too far apart and then offer little illumination to the thoroughfare they’re providing for. Adhere to the manufacturer’s sepcifications as a minimum but prepared to decrease the distance if required.</li>\n</ol>\nAnd there you have it. Installing some solar lights around your yard should be a snap.', 'Tips for Installing Solar Landscape Lighting', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'tips-for-installing-solar-landscape-lighting', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:43:59', '2021-11-03 10:43:59', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=654', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(655, 1, '2021-11-03 06:43:06', '2021-11-03 10:43:06', '', 'solar-landscape-lighting', 'Installing Solar Landscape Lighting For Maximum Effect', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'solar-landscape-lighting', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:43:09', '2021-11-03 10:43:09', '', 654, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/solar-landscape-lighting.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(656, 1, '2021-11-03 06:43:58', '2021-11-03 10:43:58', 'Solar lights have come a long way since their inception, and mass development, in the past decade. Their initial features were fairly basic and clumsy yet they offered the gardener a cheap, no-nonsense way to install landscape lighting. No heavy digging. No high voltage power cables. They were the darling of the gardening world – for a time.\n\nYet, now, as they have finally improved a million-fold and become cheaper due to better technology we’re reticent to put them in our gardens. It seems ironic that our first views of solar lights have clouded our thinking on installing them today. So, let’s start with the basics.\n<h2>Why Would You Want Solar Landscape Lighting</h2>\nThe little “green” button inside each of us seems to instantly get pushed ON when we start talking energy from the sun. And why wouldn’t it? Renewable energy is the way of the future so substituting coal-powered electricity for solar is a no-brainer.\n\nBut, the predominant reason most people look at solar landscape lighting is the cost. Try getting an electrician ’round to your house to fix a few wires or install some new lights and you’ll soon realise that it’s an expensive affair. If you wanted to take that outdoors and have a sparkie install some traditional garden lighting then you might want to start looking at organising a second mortgage on your property – it won’t be cheap!\n<h2>What Types of Solar Lighting Are Available</h2>\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Accent Lights</strong> – These are used to illuminate driveways, paths, walkways and other thoroughfares throughout the landscape.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Spot Lights</strong> – As the name suggests they brighten a specific area in focus.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Security Lights</strong> – In most applications, solar security lights are attached to motion sensors and only come on when the sensor is triggered.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Door Entry Lights</strong> – Positioned above an external door these solar lights limit the exposure to their illumination within the door’s boundaries.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Whimsy Lights</strong> – These can be any of the above but are usually crafted with decorative shapes, patterns and even themes.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Net Lights </strong>– These solar lights are positioned within a net and cover shrubs, trees and bushes as an impact statement.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>Tips for Installing Solar Landscape Lighting</h2>\nAs there is no hard-wiring to do when it comes to installing solar lights the job is very much a DIY opportunity. However, there are some tips to make the job, and subsequent maintenance, even easier.\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Positioning the Solar Panel</strong> – Some solar lights, especially solar security lights, come with a separate solar panel. These can often be mounted up to 5m away from the light itself. When positioning the solar panel ensure that it is facing north (southern hemisphere) or south (northern hemisphere) so that it captures the most sun. Often the DIYer will just position it toward the sun when it’s being fitted and fail to consider this maximum solar capture zone.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Cover Any Wires in Conduit</strong> – While many solar lights are stand-alone units there are some that come with wiring. This wiring either enables hook-up to a separate solar panel or connects strings of lights to each other. Where these solar lights are situated in garden beds or running across roofs it is best to cover them with some form of conduit to secure them from birds and animals and the occasional wayward shovel.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Easy Access</strong> – While many DIYers can install these types of lights quite easily often ease of access for later problems is ignored. Changing back-up batteries, cleaning light diffusers, and even ammendments to current settings can become a bigger-than-need-be job. Therefore, when installing the lights always consider how you might access them at a later date and prepare accordingly.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Conservative Distances Between Lights</strong> – Installing solar landscape lighting is more of an art than a science so be prepared to decrease your initial spacings between lights. Accent lights are notorious for being spaced too far apart and then offer little illumination to the thoroughfare they’re providing for. Adhere to the manufacturer’s sepcifications as a minimum but prepared to decrease the distance if required.</li>\n</ol>\nAnd there you have it. Installing some solar lights around your yard should be a snap.', 'Tips for Installing Solar Landscape Lighting', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '654-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:43:58', '2021-11-03 10:43:58', '', 654, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=656', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(657, 1, '2010-07-14 06:44:00', '2010-07-14 10:44:00', 'Pond pumps and filters for your backyard pond are absolute necessities. No garden pond will survive or thrive for long without water movement and cleaning. A pond pump keeps the water circulating and the pond healthy. When choosing a pond pump there are several things to consider:\n<ul>\n 	<li>The pond filter with which it will be used;</li>\n 	<li>How much power it needs;</li>\n 	<li>The length of the manufacturer’s warranty;</li>\n 	<li>The maximum height the pond pump will move the water (head height);</li>\n 	<li>The litres per hour (LPH) of each pond pump.</li>\n</ul>\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-658\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/pond-pumps-filters.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"133\" />Maximus ECO pond pumps provide efficiency, performance and durability. They deliver higher performance due to an energy efficient motor and impellor system which reduces running costs and environmental impact. The strong construction of the impellor and motor designed it for the toughest conditions. This pond pump operates silently yet powerfully enough to run a filter system for a fountain or waterfall. The Maximus ECO’s wrap-around filter housing provides excellent water flow without needing an anti-clog, foam pre-filter which completely eliminates maintenance. This high performance pond pump is designed to run 24/7 and comes with a 3-year warranty. Prices range according to liters per hour (LPH) pumped.\n<ul>\n 	<li>800 LPH costs $46.27 AUD</li>\n 	<li>8,000 LPH costs $172.50 AUD</li>\n</ul>\nThe “new” Blagdon Force-Hybrid pond pumps make taking care of water features easy. These Force-Hybrid pond pumps deliver quality flow pressure at realistic 2 meters+ meeting filter and waterfall installation requirements. This is an asynchronous (single direction) motor made of the highest quality parts providing a reliable, durable pond pump that is efficient and economical. The maximum head height is greater than the majority of caged pond pumps, up to 5.5m. All Force-Hybrid pond pumps have a multi-hosetail inline ball valve controlling water flow in an easy to reach location. They come with a sludge removal or multi-purpose intake mode, a 3 year guarantee, and costs $139.58 AUD to $207.23 AUD depending on LPH.\nPond filters are the other requirement of your water system for a healthy pond with fish, turtles, etc. Pond filters perform several functions to keep water pure.\n<ul>\n 	<li>Trapping debris in the mechanical pond filter (removed for periodic cleaning)</li>\n 	<li>Biological filtration allows beneficial bacteria to feed on water impurities ridding it of organic matter and fish waste\nUltra-Violet Clarification in a pond filter causes water-borne algae to clump together through the action of the ultra-violet light spectrum, adding to filtration efficiency</li>\n</ul>\nAll pond filters are rated according to maximum pond volume. The pond filter chosen must be effective for actual pond volume, with allowance for fish. Beneficial biological filtration provides beneficial bacteria to convert ammonia from fish waste, impurities, and dead organic matter into nitrites. The nitrites provide nutrients to facilitate plant growth.\nPond One Claritec 3000 Pressure pond filters move filtered water to the level needed for a waterfall feature. A gravity pond filter is recommended when Koi or turtles are resident. This pond filter provides an easy to use back-wash system, and is a quality product for the money. Units with UVC have a “lamp on” indicator light, and come with a 3 year warranty.\n<ul>\n 	<li>This pond filter costs $189.00 AUD.</li>\n 	<li>The Claritec 5000 UVC Pressure Filter costs $309.00 AUD and has a maximum flow of 3,300 LPH.</li>\n</ul>\nThe Oase Bitron Self-Cleaning pond filter uses a quartz lamp cover tube allowing 95% of UV rays to penetrate the water affecting the algae. Plain glass or plastic UV pond filters only permit 30% or 50% to pass through. Hose connections to the inlet and outlet are all that’s required for easy installation. Translucent hose tails glow when the UV light is operating. Various diameters of hose may be attached to the UVC for most efficient performance. The cost of this pond filter is $169.00 AUD.\nA pond feature adds aesthetic enjoyment to any yard. Be sure to choose the right pond pump and pond filter to keep it at its beautiful best.', 'Choosing the Best Pond Pumps and Filters for Your Backyard', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'pond-pumps-and-filters', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:46:41', '2021-11-03 10:46:41', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=657', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(658, 1, '2021-11-03 06:46:07', '2021-11-03 10:46:07', '', 'pond-pumps-filters', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'pond-pumps-filters', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:46:07', '2021-11-03 10:46:07', '', 657, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/pond-pumps-filters.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(659, 1, '2021-11-03 06:46:25', '2021-11-03 10:46:25', 'Pond pumps and filters for your backyard pond are absolute necessities. No garden pond will survive or thrive for long without water movement and cleaning. A pond pump keeps the water circulating and the pond healthy. When choosing a pond pump there are several things to consider:\n<ul>\n 	<li>The pond filter with which it will be used;</li>\n 	<li>How much power it needs;</li>\n 	<li>The length of the manufacturer’s warranty;</li>\n 	<li>The maximum height the pond pump will move the water (head height);</li>\n 	<li>The litres per hour (LPH) of each pond pump.</li>\n</ul>\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-658\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/pond-pumps-filters.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"133\" />Maximus ECO pond pumps provide efficiency, performance and durability. They deliver higher performance due to an energy efficient motor and impellor system which reduces running costs and environmental impact. The strong construction of the impellor and motor designed it for the toughest conditions. This pond pump operates silently yet powerfully enough to run a filter system for a fountain or waterfall. The Maximus ECO’s wrap-around filter housing provides excellent water flow without needing an anti-clog, foam pre-filter which completely eliminates maintenance. This high performance pond pump is designed to run 24/7 and comes with a 3-year warranty. Prices range according to liters per hour (LPH) pumped.\n<ul>\n 	<li>800 LPH costs $46.27 AUD</li>\n 	<li>8,000 LPH costs $172.50 AUD</li>\n</ul>\nThe “new” Blagdon Force-Hybrid pond pumps make taking care of water features easy. These Force-Hybrid pond pumps deliver quality flow pressure at realistic 2 meters+ meeting filter and waterfall installation requirements. This is an asynchronous (single direction) motor made of the highest quality parts providing a reliable, durable pond pump that is efficient and economical. The maximum head height is greater than the majority of caged pond pumps, up to 5.5m. All Force-Hybrid pond pumps have a multi-hosetail inline ball valve controlling water flow in an easy to reach location. They come with a sludge removal or multi-purpose intake mode, a 3 year guarantee, and costs $139.58 AUD to $207.23 AUD depending on LPH.\nPond filters are the other requirement of your water system for a healthy pond with fish, turtles, etc. Pond filters perform several functions to keep water pure.\n<ul>\n 	<li>Trapping debris in the mechanical pond filter (removed for periodic cleaning)</li>\n 	<li>Biological filtration allows beneficial bacteria to feed on water impurities ridding it of organic matter and fish waste\nUltra-Violet Clarification in a pond filter causes water-borne algae to clump together through the action of the ultra-violet light spectrum, adding to filtration efficiency</li>\n</ul>\nAll pond filters are rated according to maximum pond volume. The pond filter chosen must be effective for actual pond volume, with allowance for fish. Beneficial biological filtration provides beneficial bacteria to convert ammonia from fish waste, impurities, and dead organic matter into nitrites. The nitrites provide nutrients to facilitate plant growth.\nPond One Claritec 3000 Pressure pond filters move filtered water to the level needed for a waterfall feature. A gravity pond filter is recommended when Koi or turtles are resident. This pond filter provides an easy to use back-wash system, and is a quality product for the money. Units with UVC have a “lamp on” indicator light, and come with a 3 year warranty.\n<ul>\n 	<li>This pond filter costs $189.00 AUD.</li>\n 	<li>The Claritec 5000 UVC Pressure Filter costs $309.00 AUD and has a maximum flow of 3,300 LPH.</li>\n</ul>\nThe Oase Bitron Self-Cleaning pond filter uses a quartz lamp cover tube allowing 95% of UV rays to penetrate the water affecting the algae. Plain glass or plastic UV pond filters only permit 30% or 50% to pass through. Hose connections to the inlet and outlet are all that’s required for easy installation. Translucent hose tails glow when the UV light is operating. Various diameters of hose may be attached to the UVC for most efficient performance. The cost of this pond filter is $169.00 AUD.\nA pond feature adds aesthetic enjoyment to any yard. Be sure to choose the right pond pump and pond filter to keep it at its beautiful best.', 'Choosing the Best Pond Pumps and Filters for Your Backyard', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '657-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:46:25', '2021-11-03 10:46:25', '', 657, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=659', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(660, 1, '2010-07-07 06:47:00', '2010-07-07 10:47:00', '<div class=\"post-content\">\n\nWhen warm weather approaches and all manner of plants begin arriving at local nurseries and garden centers, the time is ripe for planting a new small garden or renewing an old one. Gardening is a popular pastime – for some it is a hobby, and for others it is a livelihood.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-661\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/small-garden.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"267\" />Unfortunately, many people do not have enough space for real large scale gardening. That doesn’t mean you can’t garden – really, a small garden can be more fun than a large one, because the amount of labour needed scales up with size. It simply means you have to plan accordingly. Some plants need a large garden to be practical, but there are may others that work very well when space is in short supply.\n\nUnless you want your yard to start looking a little wild, avoid plants that grow quickly or spread over large areas. Invasive <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-to-grow-bamboo-without-losing-your-garden/\">bamboo</a>, for example, can take over a garden in a very short time. Other plants, like Philodendrons, are poisonous, so take care if your garden is apt to have animals or small children running through it.\n\nIt can be challenging to garden in a small space. Instead of cramming too much into a limited area, try to plan your garden with just one or two spots on which to focus. A fountain or a small pond serves quite well for this. Your pond doesn’t have to be large at all in order to house a few koi – even the smallest pond is far larger than most aquariums.\n\nMany people garden for practical reasons rather than aesthetic ones. It’s the same reason that people hunt or fish – in some indefinable yet very clear way, dinner always tastes better when you grow it yourself. You might not think an abstract idea like self-satisfaction could have a taste, but it does.\nWith that in mind, a small garden usually doesn’t have enough space to provide staple crops like lettuce or grain. Some gardeners prefer to grow things that are most useful in smaller quantities. Tomatoes are a constant favorite – they’re fairly easy to grow and don’t take up a lot of room. Cucumbers, on the other hand, grow into a huge, sprawling bush.\n\nSpices and herbs are another option for the small garden. Plant a few specimens of each of your favorite pepper varieties and you’ll have fresh ingredients for salsas and marinades growing close at hand. If you’ve never tasted the difference between a salad-in-a-bag and one made completely out of fresh, homegrown produce, then you’re missing out.\n\nMany herbs are perfect for gardens with limited room. The plants themselves are small, but their flavours are powerful. You might be surprised by the amount of basil, mint or chives that can be grown in a plot as small as one or two square meters.\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>\n</div>', 'More Small Garden Ideas', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'more-small-garden-ideas', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:51:54', '2021-11-03 10:51:54', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=660', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(661, 1, '2021-11-03 06:48:34', '2021-11-03 10:48:34', '', 'small-garden', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'small-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:48:34', '2021-11-03 10:48:34', '', 660, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/small-garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(662, 1, '2021-11-03 06:48:57', '2021-11-03 10:48:57', '<div class=\"post-content\">\n\nWhen warm weather approaches and all manner of plants begin arriving at local nurseries and garden centers, the time is ripe for planting a new small garden or renewing an old one. Gardening is a popular pastime – for some it is a hobby, and for others it is a livelihood.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-661\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/small-garden.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"267\" />Unfortunately, many people do not have enough space for real large scale gardening. That doesn’t mean you can’t garden – really, a small garden can be more fun than a large one, because the amount of labour needed scales up with size. It simply means you have to plan accordingly. Some plants need a large garden to be practical, but there are may others that work very well when space is in short supply.\n\nUnless you want your yard to start looking a little wild, avoid plants that grow quickly or spread over large areas. Invasive <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/02/how_to_grow_bamboo_without_losing_your_garden.html\">bamboo</a>, for example, can take over a garden in a very short time. Other plants, like Philodendrons, are poisonous, so take care if your garden is apt to have animals or small children running through it.\n\nIt can be challenging to garden in a small space. Instead of cramming too much into a limited area, try to plan your garden with just one or two spots on which to focus. A fountain or a small pond serves quite well for this. Your pond doesn’t have to be large at all in order to house a few koi – even the smallest pond is far larger than most aquariums.\n\nMany people garden for practical reasons rather than aesthetic ones. It’s the same reason that people hunt or fish – in some indefinable yet very clear way, dinner always tastes better when you grow it yourself. You might not think an abstract idea like self-satisfaction could have a taste, but it does.\nWith that in mind, a small garden usually doesn’t have enough space to provide staple crops like lettuce or grain. Some gardeners prefer to grow things that are most useful in smaller quantities. Tomatoes are a constant favorite – they’re fairly easy to grow and don’t take up a lot of room. Cucumbers, on the other hand, grow into a huge, sprawling bush.\n\nSpices and herbs are another option for the small garden. Plant a few specimens of each of your favorite pepper varieties and you’ll have fresh ingredients for salsas and marinades growing close at hand. If you’ve never tasted the difference between a salad-in-a-bag and one made completely out of fresh, homegrown produce, then you’re missing out.\n\nMany herbs are perfect for gardens with limited room. The plants themselves are small, but their flavours are powerful. You might be surprised by the amount of basil, mint or chives that can be grown in a plot as small as one or two square meters.\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>\n</div>', 'More Small Garden Ideas', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '660-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:48:57', '2021-11-03 10:48:57', '', 660, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=662', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(663, 1, '2007-02-06 06:49:00', '2007-02-06 11:49:00', 'Bamboo has always had a bad rap from gardeners primarily because many home owners have planted invasive varieties. It would often be found clogging the whole side of someone’s backyard as the owner viciously attacked it year after year trying to keep it under control. How to grow bamboo in your garden, without it taking over, has been an unknown for so long that gardeners steer away from growing it.\n\nSo many gardeners have just walked away from it after hearing years of horror stories that it’s never a consideration when buying new plants. And justifiably so. Most gardeners would view bamboo in the same way as pampas grass.\n\nBut, even though <a href=\"http://answers.yahoo.com/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Yahoo! Answers</a> are constantly sporting questions from concerned gardeners about how to keep a rein on their bamboo groves doesn’t mean that things haven’t changed.\n\nYet they have. Invasive varieties are being sold more rarely these days as clumping versions become the new trend in bamboo growing. These cooler climate varieties sourced from the high altitudes of the Himalayas and South America are suitable for most gardens – even small gardens.\n\nThe difference between a clumping bamboo and an invasive variety is that the clumping variety will not send up shoots outside of it’s root ball while an invasive variety will. In fact, an invasive bamboo can send shoots out as far as the neighbours yard and continue growing from there.\n\nSo which varieties of bamboo can you grow without losing your garden?\n\nPaul Whittaker, from PW Plants in Norfolk, is probably the most informative expert on the subject. He has won gold at Chelsea with his bamboo displays and has even written a book on the subject, demystifying the art of growing bamboo.\n<h2>Best Clumping Bamboo Varieties</h2>\nWhittaker recommends three different species of bamboo for the home garden;\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Fargesia</strong> – a variety that hails from the highlands of China with colourful canes (great as a piece of art) and fine foliage.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Chusquea</strong> – this variety grows natively in the Chilean Andes. They are usually fast growing and prefer a cooler climate and high rainfall.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Thamnocalamus</strong> – this beauty resides in the Himalayas and prefers a cooler clime. It does better without sun and likes a sheltered position.</li>\n</ol>\nMost of the clumping bamboos grow much smaller than their invasive counterparts as well. These three types will usually grow no more than 4m (13ft) with a spread of around 2m (5ft). This is a bonus for home gardeners who want to add the diversity of bamboo but don’t have the room to contain a large species.\n\nDoes this spell the end of seeing invasive varieties stocked in nurseries?\n\nNot necessarily. Whittaker quite rightly points out that their are still uses for these fast growing types. If you need to quickly grow a windbreak or retain a sloping backyard, a spreading bamboo would be a very suitable choice. The problems occur when gardeners don’t understand the roles these different varieties play and ignorantly plant an aggressive type.\n<h2>What if you already have an aggressive bamboo species in your garden?</h2>\nDon’t despair. These can still be grown effectively without ongoing problems. The key for knowing how to grow bamboo when it’s a spreading variety is ‘containment’.\n\nIf the bamboo has currently spread further than you would like then you will need to start digging it up in the areas where it shouldn’t be growing. Then, create a ring around the bamboo clump using a thick plastic (minimum 1-2mm) or some galvanized sheeting. Make sure this ring is set at a depth of 40cm (15 in) and is level with the ground. This will ensure that the bamboo can’t spread outside of this area.\n\nYou may have shoots return from areas where you originally cut it back. These will just need to be vigilantly removed until they stop appearing but the clump should now be safe to remain where it is.', 'How to Grow Bamboo Without Losing Your Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-grow-bamboo-without-losing-your-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:51:26', '2021-11-03 10:51:26', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=663', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(664, 1, '2021-11-03 06:51:25', '2021-11-03 10:51:25', 'Bamboo has always had a bad rap from gardeners primarily because many home owners have planted invasive varieties. It would often be found clogging the whole side of someone’s backyard as the owner viciously attacked it year after year trying to keep it under control. How to grow bamboo in your garden, without it taking over, has been an unknown for so long that gardeners steer away from growing it.\n\nSo many gardeners have just walked away from it after hearing years of horror stories that it’s never a consideration when buying new plants. And justifiably so. Most gardeners would view bamboo in the same way as pampas grass.\n\nBut, even though <a href=\"http://answers.yahoo.com/\" target=\"new\" rel=\"noopener\">Yahoo! Answers</a> are constantly sporting questions from concerned gardeners about how to keep a rein on their bamboo groves doesn’t mean that things haven’t changed.\n\nYet they have. Invasive varieties are being sold more rarely these days as clumping versions become the new trend in bamboo growing. These cooler climate varieties sourced from the high altitudes of the Himalayas and South America are suitable for most gardens – even small gardens.\n\nThe difference between a clumping bamboo and an invasive variety is that the clumping variety will not send up shoots outside of it’s root ball while an invasive variety will. In fact, an invasive bamboo can send shoots out as far as the neighbours yard and continue growing from there.\n\nSo which varieties of bamboo can you grow without losing your garden?\n\nPaul Whittaker, from PW Plants in Norfolk, is probably the most informative expert on the subject. He has won gold at Chelsea with his bamboo displays and has even written a book on the subject, demystifying the art of growing bamboo.\n<h2>Best Clumping Bamboo Varieties</h2>\nWhittaker recommends three different species of bamboo for the home garden;\n<ol>\n 	<li><strong>Fargesia</strong> – a variety that hails from the highlands of China with colourful canes (great as a piece of art) and fine foliage.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Chusquea</strong> – this variety grows natively in the Chilean Andes. They are usually fast growing and prefer a cooler climate and high rainfall.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Thamnocalamus</strong> – this beauty resides in the Himalayas and prefers a cooler clime. It does better without sun and likes a sheltered position.</li>\n</ol>\nMost of the clumping bamboos grow much smaller than their invasive counterparts as well. These three types will usually grow no more than 4m (13ft) with a spread of around 2m (5ft). This is a bonus for home gardeners who want to add the diversity of bamboo but don’t have the room to contain a large species.\n\nDoes this spell the end of seeing invasive varieties stocked in nurseries?\n\nNot necessarily. Whittaker quite rightly points out that their are still uses for these fast growing types. If you need to quickly grow a windbreak or retain a sloping backyard, a spreading bamboo would be a very suitable choice. The problems occur when gardeners don’t understand the roles these different varieties play and ignorantly plant an aggressive type.\n<h2>What if you already have an aggressive bamboo species in your garden?</h2>\nDon’t despair. These can still be grown effectively without ongoing problems. The key for knowing how to grow bamboo when it’s a spreading variety is ‘containment’.\n\nIf the bamboo has currently spread further than you would like then you will need to start digging it up in the areas where it shouldn’t be growing. Then, create a ring around the bamboo clump using a thick plastic (minimum 1-2mm) or some galvanized sheeting. Make sure this ring is set at a depth of 40cm (15 in) and is level with the ground. This will ensure that the bamboo can’t spread outside of this area.\n\nYou may have shoots return from areas where you originally cut it back. These will just need to be vigilantly removed until they stop appearing but the clump should now be safe to remain where it is.', 'How to Grow Bamboo Without Losing Your Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '663-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:51:25', '2021-11-03 10:51:25', '', 663, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=664', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(665, 1, '2021-11-03 06:51:53', '2021-11-03 10:51:53', '<div class=\"post-content\">\n\nWhen warm weather approaches and all manner of plants begin arriving at local nurseries and garden centers, the time is ripe for planting a new small garden or renewing an old one. Gardening is a popular pastime – for some it is a hobby, and for others it is a livelihood.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-661\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/small-garden.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"267\" />Unfortunately, many people do not have enough space for real large scale gardening. That doesn’t mean you can’t garden – really, a small garden can be more fun than a large one, because the amount of labour needed scales up with size. It simply means you have to plan accordingly. Some plants need a large garden to be practical, but there are may others that work very well when space is in short supply.\n\nUnless you want your yard to start looking a little wild, avoid plants that grow quickly or spread over large areas. Invasive <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-to-grow-bamboo-without-losing-your-garden/\">bamboo</a>, for example, can take over a garden in a very short time. Other plants, like Philodendrons, are poisonous, so take care if your garden is apt to have animals or small children running through it.\n\nIt can be challenging to garden in a small space. Instead of cramming too much into a limited area, try to plan your garden with just one or two spots on which to focus. A fountain or a small pond serves quite well for this. Your pond doesn’t have to be large at all in order to house a few koi – even the smallest pond is far larger than most aquariums.\n\nMany people garden for practical reasons rather than aesthetic ones. It’s the same reason that people hunt or fish – in some indefinable yet very clear way, dinner always tastes better when you grow it yourself. You might not think an abstract idea like self-satisfaction could have a taste, but it does.\nWith that in mind, a small garden usually doesn’t have enough space to provide staple crops like lettuce or grain. Some gardeners prefer to grow things that are most useful in smaller quantities. Tomatoes are a constant favorite – they’re fairly easy to grow and don’t take up a lot of room. Cucumbers, on the other hand, grow into a huge, sprawling bush.\n\nSpices and herbs are another option for the small garden. Plant a few specimens of each of your favorite pepper varieties and you’ll have fresh ingredients for salsas and marinades growing close at hand. If you’ve never tasted the difference between a salad-in-a-bag and one made completely out of fresh, homegrown produce, then you’re missing out.\n\nMany herbs are perfect for gardens with limited room. The plants themselves are small, but their flavours are powerful. You might be surprised by the amount of basil, mint or chives that can be grown in a plot as small as one or two square meters.\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>\n</div>', 'More Small Garden Ideas', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '660-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 06:51:53', '2021-11-03 10:51:53', '', 660, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=665', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(666, 1, '2010-07-02 06:52:00', '2010-07-02 10:52:00', 'If your house has a large separate garage and you use a pathway to access it, then <strong>outdoor path lighting</strong> is of serious concern to you. Besides visibility issues, outdoor path lighting also helps raise security level of your house. Having the ability to clearly see if someone is coming up the path and being able to identify that person quickly is a huge asset when it comes to making your home a safe place for you and your family. The right placement of lights along the outdoor pathway helps eliminate night parking problems as well. With good lighting fixtures installed in the outdoor path, you can safely walk from the garage to your doorstep.\n\n[toc]\n\nPerhaps, the best aspect of outdoor lighting is its affordability and high practicality. Besides serving functional needs, it also serves beautification purposes. Landscape lighting can greatly enhance the visual appeal of your lawn in the night, thereby earning you great compliments from neighbors. Here are some of the key uses of outdoor path lighting:\n<ul>\n 	<li>To illuminate the pathway, lawn or porch: This helps you walk safely inside your home after parking your car at night.</li>\n 	<li>The security level of your home is improved: With all night long illumination, you can always keep an eye on the garden or pathway activities. Also, they won’t let your kids sneak out before they turn 18!</li>\n 	<li>In case of commercial establishments, illuminated pathway can grant 24 hour access to the main building. This can be a plus for marketing and sales.</li>\n 	<li>Outdoor pathway lighting helps you avoid ugly flood lights. These lights are installed near the pathway and their focus remains on pathway only.</li>\n 	<li>If done correctly, they can enhance the beauty of your garden by shedding light on the natural landscape.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>How to Choose Outdoor Path Lighting</h2>\nVarious types of outdoor path lighting fixtures are available in the market. You are bound to get confused with numerous, sizes, shapes and designs on the shelves. So, here are some tips to get you started on how to buy pathway lights:\n<h3>Power or Luminosity Strength</h3>\nThis decides the intensity of light that will be showered on the pathway. If you have to light a small patch of garage to living room pathway, basic lights will do the job. Don’t go over the top in small space and keep the lighting appropriate. You can choose from incandescent bulbs to CFL’s as a power source. Ask the salesman about specific power requirements and their respective prices.\n<h3>Material</h3>\nPathway lights are manufactured from a variety of materials. Some common examples are stainless steel, plastic, aluminum and chromed-copper. Plastic lighting fixtures are inexpensive but their durability is less. On the other hand, dulled chrome-copper lights are corrosion resistant, rust resistant and impart a beautiful look at the same time. You should consult your architecture or lighting vendor to install the best suitable lighting at your pathway.\n<h3>Design of Lighting Fixtures</h3>\nThis is a personal decision and you’ll be able to choose from many different options. You can select from antique designs to more modern flush designs. Antique designs such as lamp posts, add that elegant 18th century look to the pathway while modern designs hide the lighting source and concentrate more on the illuminated surface. As a start, you should choose the design that best matches with the exterior of your home.\n<h3>Solar Lighting</h3>\nFor the energy savvy individuals, solar pathway lights are a gift. A solar light panel is installed on top of the light fixture assembly and electric wiring is limited to the light unit. There is no need of any additional wiring. As such, electricity bill savings are considerable.\nWhile making the purchase, keep your budget in mind as pathway light prices can skyrocket quickly. Don’t splurge on expensive lights which have no similarity to your home’s exterior. If undertaken correctly, outdoor path lighting becomes a one-time investment which provides lifelong returns.', 'A Beginner’s Guide to Outdoor Path Lighting', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'a-beginners-guide-to-outdoor-path-lighting', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:08:53', '2021-11-03 13:08:53', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=666', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(667, 1, '2021-11-03 09:07:56', '2021-11-03 13:07:56', '', 'Outdoor Path Lighting', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'outdoor-path-lighting', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:07:59', '2021-11-03 13:07:59', '', 666, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Outdoor-Path-Lighting.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(668, 1, '2021-11-03 09:08:19', '2021-11-03 13:08:19', 'If your house has a large separate garage and you use a pathway to access it, then outdoor path lighting is of serious concern to you. Besides visibility issues, outdoor path lighting also helps raise security level of your house. Having the ability to clearly see if someone is coming up the path and being able to identify that person quickly is a huge asset when it comes to making your home a safe place for you and your family. The right placement of lights along the outdoor pathway helps eliminate night parking problems as well. With good lighting fixtures installed in the outdoor path, you can safely walk from the garage to your doorstep.\n\n[toc]\n\nPerhaps, the best aspect of outdoor lighting is its affordability and high practicality. Besides serving functional needs, it also serves beautification purposes. Landscape lighting can greatly enhance the visual appeal of your lawn in the night, thereby earning you great compliments from neighbors. Here are some of the key uses of outdoor path lighting:\n<ul>\n 	<li>To illuminate the pathway, lawn or porch: This helps you walk safely inside your home after parking your car at night.</li>\n 	<li>The security level of your home is improved: With all night long illumination, you can always keep an eye on the garden or pathway activities. Also, they won’t let your kids sneak out before they turn 18!</li>\n 	<li>In case of commercial establishments, illuminated pathway can grant 24 hour access to the main building. This can be a plus for marketing and sales.</li>\n 	<li>Outdoor pathway lighting helps you avoid ugly flood lights. These lights are installed near the pathway and their focus remains on pathway only.</li>\n 	<li>If done correctly, they can enhance the beauty of your garden by shedding light on the natural landscape.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>How to Choose Outdoor Path Lighting</h2>\nVarious types of outdoor path lighting fixtures are available in the market. You are bound to get confused with numerous, sizes, shapes and designs on the shelves. So, here are some tips to get you started on how to buy pathway lights:\n<h3>Power or Luminosity Strength</h3>\nThis decides the intensity of light that will be showered on the pathway. If you have to light a small patch of garage to living room pathway, basic lights will do the job. Don’t go over the top in small space and keep the lighting appropriate. You can choose from incandescent bulbs to CFL’s as a power source. Ask the salesman about specific power requirements and their respective prices.\n<h3>Material</h3>\nPathway lights are manufactured from a variety of materials. Some common examples are stainless steel, plastic, aluminum and chromed-copper. Plastic lighting fixtures are inexpensive but their durability is less. On the other hand, dulled chrome-copper lights are corrosion resistant, rust resistant and impart a beautiful look at the same time. You should consult your architecture or lighting vendor to install the best suitable lighting at your pathway.\n<h3>Design of Lighting Fixtures</h3>\nThis is a personal decision and you’ll be able to choose from many different options. You can select from antique designs to more modern flush designs. Antique designs such as lamp posts, add that elegant 18th century look to the pathway while modern designs hide the lighting source and concentrate more on the illuminated surface. As a start, you should choose the design that best matches with the exterior of your home.\n<h3>Solar Lighting</h3>\nFor the energy savvy individuals, solar pathway lights are a gift. A solar light panel is installed on top of the light fixture assembly and electric wiring is limited to the light unit. There is no need of any additional wiring. As such, electricity bill savings are considerable.\nWhile making the purchase, keep your budget in mind as pathway light prices can skyrocket quickly. Don’t splurge on expensive lights which have no similarity to your home’s exterior. If undertaken correctly, outdoor path lighting becomes a one-time investment which provides lifelong returns.', 'A Beginner’s Guide to Outdoor Path Lighting', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '666-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:08:19', '2021-11-03 13:08:19', '', 666, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=668', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(669, 1, '2021-11-03 09:08:52', '2021-11-03 13:08:52', 'If your house has a large separate garage and you use a pathway to access it, then <strong>outdoor path lighting</strong> is of serious concern to you. Besides visibility issues, outdoor path lighting also helps raise security level of your house. Having the ability to clearly see if someone is coming up the path and being able to identify that person quickly is a huge asset when it comes to making your home a safe place for you and your family. The right placement of lights along the outdoor pathway helps eliminate night parking problems as well. With good lighting fixtures installed in the outdoor path, you can safely walk from the garage to your doorstep.\n\n[toc]\n\nPerhaps, the best aspect of outdoor lighting is its affordability and high practicality. Besides serving functional needs, it also serves beautification purposes. Landscape lighting can greatly enhance the visual appeal of your lawn in the night, thereby earning you great compliments from neighbors. Here are some of the key uses of outdoor path lighting:\n<ul>\n 	<li>To illuminate the pathway, lawn or porch: This helps you walk safely inside your home after parking your car at night.</li>\n 	<li>The security level of your home is improved: With all night long illumination, you can always keep an eye on the garden or pathway activities. Also, they won’t let your kids sneak out before they turn 18!</li>\n 	<li>In case of commercial establishments, illuminated pathway can grant 24 hour access to the main building. This can be a plus for marketing and sales.</li>\n 	<li>Outdoor pathway lighting helps you avoid ugly flood lights. These lights are installed near the pathway and their focus remains on pathway only.</li>\n 	<li>If done correctly, they can enhance the beauty of your garden by shedding light on the natural landscape.</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>How to Choose Outdoor Path Lighting</h2>\nVarious types of outdoor path lighting fixtures are available in the market. You are bound to get confused with numerous, sizes, shapes and designs on the shelves. So, here are some tips to get you started on how to buy pathway lights:\n<h3>Power or Luminosity Strength</h3>\nThis decides the intensity of light that will be showered on the pathway. If you have to light a small patch of garage to living room pathway, basic lights will do the job. Don’t go over the top in small space and keep the lighting appropriate. You can choose from incandescent bulbs to CFL’s as a power source. Ask the salesman about specific power requirements and their respective prices.\n<h3>Material</h3>\nPathway lights are manufactured from a variety of materials. Some common examples are stainless steel, plastic, aluminum and chromed-copper. Plastic lighting fixtures are inexpensive but their durability is less. On the other hand, dulled chrome-copper lights are corrosion resistant, rust resistant and impart a beautiful look at the same time. You should consult your architecture or lighting vendor to install the best suitable lighting at your pathway.\n<h3>Design of Lighting Fixtures</h3>\nThis is a personal decision and you’ll be able to choose from many different options. You can select from antique designs to more modern flush designs. Antique designs such as lamp posts, add that elegant 18th century look to the pathway while modern designs hide the lighting source and concentrate more on the illuminated surface. As a start, you should choose the design that best matches with the exterior of your home.\n<h3>Solar Lighting</h3>\nFor the energy savvy individuals, solar pathway lights are a gift. A solar light panel is installed on top of the light fixture assembly and electric wiring is limited to the light unit. There is no need of any additional wiring. As such, electricity bill savings are considerable.\nWhile making the purchase, keep your budget in mind as pathway light prices can skyrocket quickly. Don’t splurge on expensive lights which have no similarity to your home’s exterior. If undertaken correctly, outdoor path lighting becomes a one-time investment which provides lifelong returns.', 'A Beginner’s Guide to Outdoor Path Lighting', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '666-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:08:52', '2021-11-03 13:08:52', '', 666, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=669', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(670, 1, '2010-06-26 09:09:00', '2010-06-26 13:09:00', 'Bunnies make wonderful pets but they do need a proper hutch to keep them safe when they are outside. Rabbit cages must have enough space for the rabbit(s) to move around easily, and a protected space for them to nap and keep warm. Here are five options that will provide the perfect backyard garden home for your bunny.\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-672\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-Trixia.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />The Trixie Natura Apex Rabbit Hutch and Run provides for all your rabbit’s needs. It takes a little space due to the size of the run. Total dimensions are 123x76x96cm, and costs £109.99. Constructed from glazed pine wood, water and weather proof, and easy to assemble, this hutch has an extra durable, metal lattice which keeps unwanted visitors out of your bunny’s space. The lattice is coated to make it rust resistant in outdoor weather. A non-slip ramp makes access to the house or run easy. Two main doors make access simple, and a pull-out plastic tray allows quick and easy cleaning of the hutch. The weather-proof apex roof’s asphalt-coating keeps the interior dry and comfortable. Assembly takes about an hour, then you can enjoy your rabbit hutch for years to come.\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-673\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-walter-harrison.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />For those who have limited space in their garden, a Walter Harrison Hexagonal Rabbit Hutch is perfect. Its dimensions are 105cm W x 88cm D x 140cm H, and it costs £149.99. This hutch has a unique design, stylish, spacious, and made from the highest quality fir wood and felt. It has extra high gauge, powder-coated mesh that even covers the bottom to stop your bunny from digging out. The roof is reinforced for durability and can be removed to access to your bunny. The hexagon has multiple doors keeping bunny in easy reach. A pull-out muck tray provides easy cleaning. A lockable, fold-up ramp separates the compartments when you want your rabbit to stay in one place. Let down it provides access to the entire unit. Flat-packed for mailing, it comes with easy-to-follow instructions and assembles with little fuss.\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-674\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-apex.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />Trixie Natura’s Apex Rabbit Hutch and Run costs £199.99. It measures 186x93x146cm due to the large rabbit run. The hutch is fabricated from glazed pine. Its lockable hatch keeps bunny safe and closed off in its living quarters at night. Two main doors and a pull-out plastic tray make cleaning simple. The asphalt-coated, weather-proof apex roof opens to an attic area which can store bedding, or insulate in winter, when you can stuff it with straw.\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-675\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-comfort.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />The Outback Comfort with Pen is easy to assemble and clean. It is a quality-built hutch and pen set. The unit is divided into a house for sleeping and the pen. The sleeping chamber has a coated wood floor, while the rest of the hutch has a finely meshed, removable floor. The sleeping room’s door opens for easy cleaning and becomes a ramp to the stall from the pen. Made with a stable grated wood construction, it can be easily folded to save space. The Comfort Hutch’s wood is treated for weather resistance and the tar roofing weatherproofs the entire unit. The dimensions of the medium hutch are L 91 x W 61 x H 87 cm (sloping toward the back).\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-676\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-sykes.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"82\" />The Apex Sykes Rabbit Hutch and Run Combo provides true quality and style for your bunny. Your pet gets a warm bedroom and living area upstairs, and a run beneath. This hutch is made from 30x30mm framing, with a floor of 9mm thick exterior plywood. It has a thick triple roof, fully waterproof. The run is as wide as the hutch, made of 19G wire for strength and durability. The hutch comes built, with the run flat packed, at a cost of £109.00.\nAny of these five rabbit cages will give your cuddly bunny a cozy, wonderful home, and provide you with the knowledge that your pet is safe from escape and predators. You will have years of joy with your hutch and pet rabbit.', 'Five Cheap-ish Rabbit Cages for the Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'five-cheap-ish-rabbit-cages-for-the-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:13:57', '2021-11-03 13:13:57', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=670', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(671, 1, '2021-11-03 09:11:33', '2021-11-03 13:11:33', '', 'Rabbit Cages for the Garden', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'rabbit-cages-for-the-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:11:41', '2021-11-03 13:11:41', '', 670, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Rabbit-Cages-for-the-Garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(672, 1, '2021-11-03 09:12:29', '2021-11-03 13:12:29', '', 'rabbit-cage-Trixia', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'rabbit-cage-trixia', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:12:29', '2021-11-03 13:12:29', '', 670, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-Trixia.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(673, 1, '2021-11-03 09:12:46', '2021-11-03 13:12:46', '', 'rabbit-cage-walter-harrison', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'rabbit-cage-walter-harrison', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:12:46', '2021-11-03 13:12:46', '', 670, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-walter-harrison.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(674, 1, '2021-11-03 09:13:15', '2021-11-03 13:13:15', '', 'rabbit-cage-apex', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'rabbit-cage-apex', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:13:15', '2021-11-03 13:13:15', '', 670, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-apex.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(675, 1, '2021-11-03 09:13:32', '2021-11-03 13:13:32', '', 'rabbit-cage-comfort', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'rabbit-cage-comfort', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:13:32', '2021-11-03 13:13:32', '', 670, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-comfort.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(676, 1, '2021-11-03 09:13:47', '2021-11-03 13:13:47', '', 'rabbit-cage-sykes', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'rabbit-cage-sykes', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:13:47', '2021-11-03 13:13:47', '', 670, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-sykes.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(677, 1, '2021-11-03 09:13:56', '2021-11-03 13:13:56', 'Bunnies make wonderful pets but they do need a proper hutch to keep them safe when they are outside. Rabbit cages must have enough space for the rabbit(s) to move around easily, and a protected space for them to nap and keep warm. Here are five options that will provide the perfect backyard garden home for your bunny.\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-672\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-Trixia.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />The Trixie Natura Apex Rabbit Hutch and Run provides for all your rabbit’s needs. It takes a little space due to the size of the run. Total dimensions are 123x76x96cm, and costs £109.99. Constructed from glazed pine wood, water and weather proof, and easy to assemble, this hutch has an extra durable, metal lattice which keeps unwanted visitors out of your bunny’s space. The lattice is coated to make it rust resistant in outdoor weather. A non-slip ramp makes access to the house or run easy. Two main doors make access simple, and a pull-out plastic tray allows quick and easy cleaning of the hutch. The weather-proof apex roof’s asphalt-coating keeps the interior dry and comfortable. Assembly takes about an hour, then you can enjoy your rabbit hutch for years to come.\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-673\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-walter-harrison.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />For those who have limited space in their garden, a Walter Harrison Hexagonal Rabbit Hutch is perfect. Its dimensions are 105cm W x 88cm D x 140cm H, and it costs £149.99. This hutch has a unique design, stylish, spacious, and made from the highest quality fir wood and felt. It has extra high gauge, powder-coated mesh that even covers the bottom to stop your bunny from digging out. The roof is reinforced for durability and can be removed to access to your bunny. The hexagon has multiple doors keeping bunny in easy reach. A pull-out muck tray provides easy cleaning. A lockable, fold-up ramp separates the compartments when you want your rabbit to stay in one place. Let down it provides access to the entire unit. Flat-packed for mailing, it comes with easy-to-follow instructions and assembles with little fuss.\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-674\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-apex.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />Trixie Natura’s Apex Rabbit Hutch and Run costs £199.99. It measures 186x93x146cm due to the large rabbit run. The hutch is fabricated from glazed pine. Its lockable hatch keeps bunny safe and closed off in its living quarters at night. Two main doors and a pull-out plastic tray make cleaning simple. The asphalt-coated, weather-proof apex roof opens to an attic area which can store bedding, or insulate in winter, when you can stuff it with straw.\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-675\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-comfort.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"100\" />The Outback Comfort with Pen is easy to assemble and clean. It is a quality-built hutch and pen set. The unit is divided into a house for sleeping and the pen. The sleeping chamber has a coated wood floor, while the rest of the hutch has a finely meshed, removable floor. The sleeping room’s door opens for easy cleaning and becomes a ramp to the stall from the pen. Made with a stable grated wood construction, it can be easily folded to save space. The Comfort Hutch’s wood is treated for weather resistance and the tar roofing weatherproofs the entire unit. The dimensions of the medium hutch are L 91 x W 61 x H 87 cm (sloping toward the back).\n\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-676\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/rabbit-cage-sykes.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"100\" height=\"82\" />The Apex Sykes Rabbit Hutch and Run Combo provides true quality and style for your bunny. Your pet gets a warm bedroom and living area upstairs, and a run beneath. This hutch is made from 30x30mm framing, with a floor of 9mm thick exterior plywood. It has a thick triple roof, fully waterproof. The run is as wide as the hutch, made of 19G wire for strength and durability. The hutch comes built, with the run flat packed, at a cost of £109.00.\nAny of these five rabbit cages will give your cuddly bunny a cozy, wonderful home, and provide you with the knowledge that your pet is safe from escape and predators. You will have years of joy with your hutch and pet rabbit.', 'Five Cheap-ish Rabbit Cages for the Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '670-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:13:56', '2021-11-03 13:13:56', '', 670, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=677', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(678, 1, '2010-06-09 09:15:00', '2010-06-09 13:15:00', 'Awnings over windows and patios are designed to protect against sunlight, glare and radiation in hot weather. Made from weather-treated canvas on an aluminum frame or aluminum panels retractable awnings can be closed in winter or during rainy weather. Canvas awnings can be rolled up into a neat roll against the house. Aluminum panel awnings are more often used in places where there is weather that make canvas awnings impractical. They can also be retractable or fixed. Your patio needs one because cutting the sunlight and glare from entering your home will reduce the cost of your air conditioning.\n\nIt will also protect carpet, curtains and upholstery from fading in direct sunlight and make your patio look fantastic.\n\nWhen sunlight and ultraviolet (UV) radiation enter through a window they heat that area. As the heat circulates it raises the temperature of the whole room. The air conditioner is constantly working against this heating element so the compressor will continue to run. If the window has a retractable awning that keeps the room in shade, the temperature of the room stays more constant and the air conditioner does not work so hard. This not only reduces your electricity bill but puts less wear and tear on the air conditioning unit which will make it last longer without maintenance.\n\nSunlight and UV rays also make fabric deteriorate faster by heating it and fading the colors. If the sun constantly shines on furniture with fabric upholstery or polished wood they will begin to look shabby compared to the rest of the room and need to be replaced. Retractable awnings will protect the interior of your house during the season when the sun shines directly into it. There are other reasons why your patio needs one.\n\nRetractable awnings are attractive and can give a café atmosphere to your patio. You can enjoy your garden and have meals al fresco without the glare and skin damage of sitting in the sun. Your patio needs one because it will look decorative and enhance any backyard even with a very simple garden. It will make any boring house into an interesting looking place. Retractable awnings also add value to any home.\n\nThere is some advice for the use of retractable awnings. Always put a rectangle shaped awning over a rectangle window. Arched awnings look out of place and awkward over a rectangle window. Also, when choosing the colour try to get a large swatch of the fabrics you like to get a proper idea if it suits your patio and home architecture. Some like stripes and some prefer solid colours. Solids are considered more formal by some and stripes too busy for a cluttered façade. The main thing is you should like the colour and it should compliment your home.\n\nIf you like the idea of a retractable awning for your patio but you don’t want to deal with putting it up and taking it down there is a model for you. Mechanical awnings can be retracted or extended with the push of a button or a remote control device. This makes it easy to have one even if you are not able to get outside and manually roll it up when needed. Some maintenance is required for the canvas because leaves and debris accumulates on it and it needs to be cleaned once in a while. With minimal effort for your retractable awning your patio needs one to get maximum charm like a bistro or seaside cottage.\nRetractable awnings come in a large variety of sizes and colours and can either be bought prefabricated ready to install or custom made for your patio. Your patio needs one because they are a simple inexpensive device that will add value to your home, allow you to enjoy your patio more often in different kinds of weather and are eco friendly because they help you save on electricity consumption.', 'Rectractable Awnings: Your Patio Needs One', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'rectractable-awnings-your-patio-needs-one', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:19:03', '2021-11-03 13:19:03', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=678', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(679, 1, '2021-11-03 09:17:57', '2021-11-03 13:17:57', '', 'Rectractable Awnings', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'rectractable-awnings', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:18:01', '2021-11-03 13:18:01', '', 678, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Rectractable-Awnings.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(680, 1, '2021-11-03 09:18:17', '2021-11-03 13:18:17', 'Awnings over windows and patios are designed to protect against sunlight, glare and radiation in hot weather. Made from weather-treated canvas on an aluminum frame or aluminum panels retractable awnings can be closed in winter or during rainy weather. Canvas awnings can be rolled up into a neat roll against the house. Aluminum panel awnings are more often used in places where there is weather that make canvas awnings impractical. They can also be retractable or fixed. Your patio needs one because cutting the sunlight and glare from entering your home will reduce the cost of your air conditioning.\n\nIt will also protect carpet, curtains and upholstery from fading in direct sunlight and make your patio look fantastic.\n\nWhen sunlight and ultraviolet (UV) radiation enter through a window they heat that area. As the heat circulates it raises the temperature of the whole room. The air conditioner is constantly working against this heating element so the compressor will continue to run. If the window has a retractable awning that keeps the room in shade, the temperature of the room stays more constant and the air conditioner does not work so hard. This not only reduces your electricity bill but puts less wear and tear on the air conditioning unit which will make it last longer without maintenance.\n\nSunlight and UV rays also make fabric deteriorate faster by heating it and fading the colors. If the sun constantly shines on furniture with fabric upholstery or polished wood they will begin to look shabby compared to the rest of the room and need to be replaced. Retractable awnings will protect the interior of your house during the season when the sun shines directly into it. There are other reasons why your patio needs one.\n\nRetractable awnings are attractive and can give a café atmosphere to your patio. You can enjoy your garden and have meals al fresco without the glare and skin damage of sitting in the sun. Your patio needs one because it will look decorative and enhance any backyard even with a very simple garden. It will make any boring house into an interesting looking place. Retractable awnings also add value to any home.\n\nThere is some advice for the use of retractable awnings. Always put a rectangle shaped awning over a rectangle window. Arched awnings look out of place and awkward over a rectangle window. Also, when choosing the colour try to get a large swatch of the fabrics you like to get a proper idea if it suits your patio and home architecture. Some like stripes and some prefer solid colours. Solids are considered more formal by some and stripes too busy for a cluttered façade. The main thing is you should like the colour and it should compliment your home.\n\nIf you like the idea of a retractable awning for your patio but you don’t want to deal with putting it up and taking it down there is a model for you. Mechanical awnings can be retracted or extended with the push of a button or a remote control device. This makes it easy to have one even if you are not able to get outside and manually roll it up when needed. Some maintenance is required for the canvas because leaves and debris accumulates on it and it needs to be cleaned once in a while. With minimal effort for your retractable awning your patio needs one to get maximum charm like a bistro or seaside cottage.\nRetractable awnings come in a large variety of sizes and colours and can either be bought prefabricated ready to install or custom made for your patio. Your patio needs one because they are a simple inexpensive device that will add value to your home, allow you to enjoy your patio more often in different kinds of weather and are eco friendly because they help you save on electricity consumption.', 'Rectractable Awnings: Your Patio Needs One', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '678-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:18:17', '2021-11-03 13:18:17', '', 678, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=680', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(681, 1, '2010-04-07 09:19:00', '2010-04-07 13:19:00', 'Lighting your garden can provide you with a peaceful and beautiful place to escape the stress of daily life. After working all day, you can relax in your garden, drinking your favorite beverage, even though the sunset is long past. It is worth discovering the essential steps to lighting your garden because it can make such a difference in your life.\n\nSelecting the proper lighting for the yard can become a bit overwhelming. However, if you have a basic idea of what you would like, then you have already taken the first step to revealing the night’s hidden beauty of your garden.\n\n[toc]\n\nWith the wide variety of yard lighting, it is easy to make it look glamorous, but it may end up turning your garden into a dry wasteland. You can prevent this situation with careful planning. Of course, you would want to create a beautiful haven for your family and yourself. But, while it is important to get something appealing, it is also important to get the most for your money, labor and time.\n\nHere are steps to help design yard lighting.\n<h2>1. Ask yourself, why do you want yard lighting.</h2>\nYou might want your garden to be safer and more secure. Maybe you would like a bit of both. Several kinds of lighting can detect movement, including when your car enters the driveway. Motion detectors also add safety to darkened entrance ways that can easily hid an intruder.\n\nYou may also desire garden lighting for purely, decorative reasons, like softly highlighting certain precious plants or flowers.\n\nIt is possible to combine lighting that serves both security and beauty. Consider illuminating your steps or walkway to avoid accidents and still highlight plants and decorations. As you add lighting to particularly attractive plants, you can extend the light to dark hiding places as well.\n<h2>2. What kind of power source do you want?</h2>\nYard lighting usually is provided by gas, electricity, solar or oil sources of power.\n<h3>Gas Lighting</h3>\nGas lighting gives a soft glow to plants and people. It is well suited for outdoor celebrations. When there is a power outage, it provides a reliable, back up power source.\n<h3>Electrical Lighting</h3>\nElectricity offers a lot flexibility. You can purchase many styles of lights to make most landscaping more attractive, while providing safety and security. For example, a Bollard lighting for outdoors uses electrical fittings in regular bollards. Bollards come in tall and short sizes that provide different lighting. It works well for adorning the edges of a driveway or a garden walkway.\n\nTo provide soft illumination for patio steps or across the yard, a Step Light is a good choice. These lights can be installed in woodwork or masonry as a long-term fixture. For example, lighting in garden ponds and swimming pools can provide a glowing radiance to the water, making the waves seem to sparkle.\n<h3>Solar Lighting</h3>\nSolar lighting has become popular in part, because of how it conserves energy and helps the environment. It uses photocells to charge a NiCad battery in the daytime. At night, the battery provides the power for lighting. It is a simple system that uses almost no wires.\n<h3>Oil Lighting</h3>\nOil lighting enhances the subtleties of lighting as it reflects on the plants and trees. When the weather becomes cooler, it emits a steady, warmth that gently disperses through the area.\n<h2>3. Make sure the yard lighting is out of harms way.</h2>\nYour lighting can last longer if it is protected from getting bumped or crushed. Garden or driveway lighting is best installed in places that the electrical cords will not get stepped on or run over. To protect electrical outlets and transformers from various weather conditions, make sure they are covered.\n\nStronger outside lighting, can be placed on entrance ways, patios, garages and on the sides of the house. Lights can be placed in grass, wood, floor tiles, or in concrete.', 'Yard Lighting: Essential Steps to Lighting Your Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'yard-lighting', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:25:35', '2021-11-03 13:25:35', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=681', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(682, 1, '2021-11-03 09:23:26', '2021-11-03 13:23:26', '', 'Yard Lighting', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'yard-lighting', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:23:29', '2021-11-03 13:23:29', '', 681, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Yard-Lighting.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(683, 1, '2021-11-03 09:25:25', '2021-11-03 13:25:25', 'Lighting your garden can provide you with a peaceful and beautiful place to escape the stress of daily life. After working all day, you can relax in your garden, drinking your favorite beverage, even though the sunset is long past. It is worth discovering the essential steps to lighting your garden because it can make such a difference in your life.\n\nSelecting the proper lighting for the yard can become a bit overwhelming. However, if you have a basic idea of what you would like, then you have already taken the first step to revealing the night’s hidden beauty of your garden.\n\n[toc]\n\nWith the wide variety of yard lighting, it is easy to make it look glamorous, but it may end up turning your garden into a dry wasteland. You can prevent this situation with careful planning. Of course, you would want to create a beautiful haven for your family and yourself. But, while it is important to get something appealing, it is also important to get the most for your money, labor and time.\n\nHere are steps to help design yard lighting.\n<h2>1. Ask yourself, why do you want yard lighting.</h2>\nYou might want your garden to be safer and more secure. Maybe you would like a bit of both. Several kinds of lighting can detect movement, including when your car enters the driveway. Motion detectors also add safety to darkened entrance ways that can easily hid an intruder.\n\nYou may also desire garden lighting for purely, decorative reasons, like softly highlighting certain precious plants or flowers.\n\nIt is possible to combine lighting that serves both security and beauty. Consider illuminating your steps or walkway to avoid accidents and still highlight plants and decorations. As you add lighting to particularly attractive plants, you can extend the light to dark hiding places as well.\n<h2>2. What kind of power source do you want?</h2>\nYard lighting usually is provided by gas, electricity, solar or oil sources of power.\n<h3>Gas Lighting</h3>\nGas lighting gives a soft glow to plants and people. It is well suited for outdoor celebrations. When there is a power outage, it provides a reliable, back up power source.\n<h3>Electrical Lighting</h3>\nElectricity offers a lot flexibility. You can purchase many styles of lights to make most landscaping more attractive, while providing safety and security. For example, a Bollard lighting for outdoors uses electrical fittings in regular bollards. Bollards come in tall and short sizes that provide different lighting. It works well for adorning the edges of a driveway or a garden walkway.\n\nTo provide soft illumination for patio steps or across the yard, a Step Light is a good choice. These lights can be installed in woodwork or masonry as a long-term fixture. For example, lighting in garden ponds and swimming pools can provide a glowing radiance to the water, making the waves seem to sparkle.\n<h3>Solar Lighting</h3>\nSolar lighting has become popular in part, because of how it conserves energy and helps the environment. It uses photocells to charge a NiCad battery in the daytime. At night, the battery provides the power for lighting. It is a simple system that uses almost no wires.\n<h3>Oil Lighting</h3>\nOil lighting enhances the subtleties of lighting as it reflects on the plants and trees. When the weather becomes cooler, it emits a steady, warmth that gently disperses through the area.\n<h2>3. Make sure the yard lighting is out of harms way.</h2>\nYour lighting can last longer if it is protected from getting bumped or crushed. Garden or driveway lighting is best installed in places that the electrical cords will not get stepped on or run over. To protect electrical outlets and transformers from various weather conditions, make sure they are covered.\n\nStronger outside lighting, can be placed on entrance ways, patios, garages and on the sides of the house. Lights can be placed in grass, wood, floor tiles, or in concrete.', 'Yard Lighting: Essential Steps to Lighting Your Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '681-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:25:25', '2021-11-03 13:25:25', '', 681, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=683', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(684, 1, '2010-02-01 09:26:00', '2010-02-01 14:26:00', 'We’ve now been in this house for almost 7 years and a lot of growing up has happened in that time. The kids are nearing teenager-hood, we’re getting grey hairs and the suitability of the garden is changing – at least our needs of it are.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-685\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/service-side-garden.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"267\" />This is the service side, or dead-side, of the house. It’s where most of our home’s practicalities reside or traverse through. If you look carefully you can even see the washing still on the line!\n\nWhile it’s served our family well since we first landscaped it, it’s also had a few quirks that needed ironing out. Firstly, this part of the paving previously had only one slab width and was skirted on both sides by rendered limestone bricks. This was fine until I cut off access on the other side of the house forcing the lawn mower to navigate between them – even though the mower was wider than the path.\n\nAt the other end of the house was where our trailer lived. It was perched atop a postcard-size lawn which meant moving it each time I needed to mow. Plus, it’s shadow didn’t allow much lawn growth and it would often die off in places as well.\n\nSo, this weekend was spent re-paving. I had previously ripped out the grass at the front and pulled the rendered brickwork apart at the back but now it meant laying some bricks and slabs. Hiring a brick cutter for the weekend was a great motivator and forced me to get it done.\n\nThe next phase of the alterations will be to rebuild the brick walls and then I can start revegetating the garden beds again. This will be the exciting part….', 'The Changing Garden: Practically Speaking', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'the-changing-garden-practically-speaking', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:28:09', '2021-11-03 13:28:09', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=684', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(685, 1, '2021-11-03 09:27:32', '2021-11-03 13:27:32', '', 'service-side-garden', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'service-side-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:27:32', '2021-11-03 13:27:32', '', 684, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/service-side-garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(686, 1, '2021-11-03 09:28:08', '2021-11-03 13:28:08', 'We’ve now been in this house for almost 7 years and a lot of growing up has happened in that time. The kids are nearing teenager-hood, we’re getting grey hairs and the suitability of the garden is changing – at least our needs of it are.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-685\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/service-side-garden.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"267\" />This is the service side, or dead-side, of the house. It’s where most of our home’s practicalities reside or traverse through. If you look carefully you can even see the washing still on the line!\n\nWhile it’s served our family well since we first landscaped it, it’s also had a few quirks that needed ironing out. Firstly, this part of the paving previously had only one slab width and was skirted on both sides by rendered limestone bricks. This was fine until I cut off access on the other side of the house forcing the lawn mower to navigate between them – even though the mower was wider than the path.\n\nAt the other end of the house was where our trailer lived. It was perched atop a postcard-size lawn which meant moving it each time I needed to mow. Plus, it’s shadow didn’t allow much lawn growth and it would often die off in places as well.\n\nSo, this weekend was spent re-paving. I had previously ripped out the grass at the front and pulled the rendered brickwork apart at the back but now it meant laying some bricks and slabs. Hiring a brick cutter for the weekend was a great motivator and forced me to get it done.\n\nThe next phase of the alterations will be to rebuild the brick walls and then I can start revegetating the garden beds again. This will be the exciting part….', 'The Changing Garden: Practically Speaking', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '684-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:28:08', '2021-11-03 13:28:08', '', 684, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=686', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(687, 1, '2010-01-26 09:28:00', '2010-01-26 14:28:00', 'There are two ways to look at this question; firstly from our (the gardener) point of view, and second from the dog’s viewpoint. For while we may assume that what works best for us should also work best for our pets, our logic may differ from reality somewhat.\n\nSo let’s start by looking at what is the best grass for dogs – from a dog’s opinion.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-688\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/grass-for-dogs.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"150\" />Dogs love grass – almost as much as digging holes in our neatly manicured lawns. Firstly, it’s a soft play area. Dogs can run on a turfed surface much more safely, and comfortably, than anything else we have to offer – even sand!\n\nSecond, they love to eat it. While we may assume that dogs are carnivorous animals and love to chow down on a gravy meat at any chance, they are actually more akin to an omnivore’s diet and happily eat their greens with their proteins. Grass, while not naturally part of their food pyramid, is more like a health supplement to their bodies – much like multi-vitamins are to us. It aids in cleansing their vital organs and offering pain relief for infections as well.\n\nHowever, from a gardener’s viewpoint, is there such a thing as a “best grass for dogs”?\n\nNaturally, gardens and dogs – especially juvenile pups – do not readily mix. Young dogs love to dig, have uncontrollable bowel movements in human-traffic areas and scatter their play things to the outermost extremeties of your yard. Their robust play can tear up a piece of sod quicker than you say, “Drop that ball!”\n\nTherefore, the best grass for dogs is one that grows quick, can tolerate being covered with faeces and urine and regardless of how deep it digs will rebound once it’s given some relief.\n\nSome gardeners assume that this means artificial grass but nothing could be more further from the truth. In fact, fake grass could be classed as the “worst grass for dogs”! They can’t chew on it, to aid their internal systems, but they can still dig through it – yet it doesn’t replenish itself. Plus, in the middle of summer your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-to-maintain-synthetic-grass/\"><strong>synthetic grass</strong></a> can get 2-5°C hotter than concrete – hardly conducive to pet play!\n\nNo, the best grass for dogs is a fast growing kikuyu or couch. It’s not necessarily the best lawn for a garden, because of its deep root system which constantly penetrates your garden beds, but where dogs are involved it will handle itself with aplomb.\n\nObviously, maintaining a lawn for a dog is different to keeping a neat garden lawn growing as well. The fertilisers MUST be organic and pet-friendly, watering will need to be more regular and mowing may become more of an obstacle course.', 'What is the Best Grass for Dogs?', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'best-grass-for-dogs', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:33:41', '2021-11-03 13:33:41', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=687', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(688, 1, '2021-11-03 09:30:05', '2021-11-03 13:30:05', '', 'grass-for-dogs', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'grass-for-dogs', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:30:05', '2021-11-03 13:30:05', '', 687, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/grass-for-dogs.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(689, 1, '2021-11-03 09:30:54', '2021-11-03 13:30:54', 'There are two ways to look at this question; firstly from our (the gardener) point of view, and second from the dog’s viewpoint. For while we may assume that what works best for us should also work best for our pets, our logic may differ from reality somewhat.\n\nSo let’s start by looking at what is the best grass for dogs – from a dog’s opinion.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-688\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/grass-for-dogs.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"150\" />Dogs love grass – almost as much as digging holes in our neatly manicured lawns. Firstly, it’s a soft play area. Dogs can run on a turfed surface much more safely, and comfortably, than anything else we have to offer – even sand!\n\nSecond, they love to eat it. While we may assume that dogs are carnivorous animals and love to chow down on a gravy meat at any chance, they are actually more akin to an omnivore’s diet and happily eat their greens with their proteins. Grass, while not naturally part of their food pyramid, is more like a health supplement to their bodies – much like multi-vitamins are to us. It aids in <a href=\"http://www.wolfweb.com.au/acd/whyeatgrass.htm\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">cleansing their vital organs and offering pain relief for infections</a> as well.\n\nHowever, from a gardener’s viewpoint, is there such a thing as a “best grass for dogs”?\n\nNaturally, gardens and dogs – especially juvenile pups – do not readily mix. Young dogs love to dig, have uncontrollable bowel movements in human-traffic areas and scatter their play things to the outermost extremeties of your yard. Their robust play can tear up a piece of sod quicker than you say, “Drop that ball!”\n\nTherefore, the best grass for dogs is one that grows quick, can tolerate being covered with faeces and urine and regardless of how deep it digs will rebound once it’s given some relief.\n\nSome gardeners assume that this means artificial grass but nothing could be more further from the truth. In fact, fake grass could be classed as the “worst grass for dogs”! They can’t chew on it, to aid their internal systems, but they can still dig through it – yet it doesn’t replenish itself. Plus, in the middle of summer your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2009/09/how_to_maintain_synthetic_grass.html\"><strong>synthetic grass</strong></a> can get 2-5°C hotter than concrete – hardly conducive to pet play!\n\nNo, the best grass for dogs is a fast growing kikuyu or couch. It’s not necessarily the best lawn for a garden, because of its deep root system which constantly penetrates your garden beds, but where dogs are involved it will handle itself with aplomb.\n\nObviously, maintaining a lawn for a dog is different to keeping a neat garden lawn growing as well. The fertilisers MUST be organic and pet-friendly, watering will need to be more regular and mowing may become more of an obstacle course.', 'What is the Best Grass for Dogs?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '687-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:30:54', '2021-11-03 13:30:54', '', 687, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=689', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(690, 1, '2021-11-03 09:31:39', '2021-11-03 13:31:39', 'There are two ways to look at this question; firstly from our (the gardener) point of view, and second from the dog’s viewpoint. For while we may assume that what works best for us should also work best for our pets, our logic may differ from reality somewhat.\n\nSo let’s start by looking at what is the best grass for dogs – from a dog’s opinion.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-688\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/grass-for-dogs.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"150\" />Dogs love grass – almost as much as digging holes in our neatly manicured lawns. Firstly, it’s a soft play area. Dogs can run on a turfed surface much more safely, and comfortably, than anything else we have to offer – even sand!\n\nSecond, they love to eat it. While we may assume that dogs are carnivorous animals and love to chow down on a gravy meat at any chance, they are actually more akin to an omnivore’s diet and happily eat their greens with their proteins. Grass, while not naturally part of their food pyramid, is more like a health supplement to their bodies – much like multi-vitamins are to us. It aids in cleansing their vital organs and offering pain relief for infections as well.\n\nHowever, from a gardener’s viewpoint, is there such a thing as a “best grass for dogs”?\n\nNaturally, gardens and dogs – especially juvenile pups – do not readily mix. Young dogs love to dig, have uncontrollable bowel movements in human-traffic areas and scatter their play things to the outermost extremeties of your yard. Their robust play can tear up a piece of sod quicker than you say, “Drop that ball!”\n\nTherefore, the best grass for dogs is one that grows quick, can tolerate being covered with faeces and urine and regardless of how deep it digs will rebound once it’s given some relief.\n\nSome gardeners assume that this means artificial grass but nothing could be more further from the truth. In fact, fake grass could be classed as the “worst grass for dogs”! They can’t chew on it, to aid their internal systems, but they can still dig through it – yet it doesn’t replenish itself. Plus, in the middle of summer your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2009/09/how_to_maintain_synthetic_grass.html\"><strong>synthetic grass</strong></a> can get 2-5°C hotter than concrete – hardly conducive to pet play!\n\nNo, the best grass for dogs is a fast growing kikuyu or couch. It’s not necessarily the best lawn for a garden, because of its deep root system which constantly penetrates your garden beds, but where dogs are involved it will handle itself with aplomb.\n\nObviously, maintaining a lawn for a dog is different to keeping a neat garden lawn growing as well. The fertilisers MUST be organic and pet-friendly, watering will need to be more regular and mowing may become more of an obstacle course.', 'What is the Best Grass for Dogs?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '687-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:31:39', '2021-11-03 13:31:39', '', 687, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=690', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(691, 1, '2009-09-16 09:31:00', '2009-09-16 13:31:00', 'Ok, so you’ve installed some synthetic grass in order to cut down on the mowing, watering, fertilising and general upkeep of the traditional lawn. Even the price difference (7 -10 times more than traditional turf) didn’t deter you, knowing full well that it only came with a 6 year guarantee. Yet, compared to paving or fighting your way around the garden through loose pebbles it seemed like the best option.\n\nWhile I pride myself on my puritanical views of gardening, there is a lot to be said for synthetic grass. Sure, it will never compete with the natural version for softness, cooling effect or pollution control but once it’s been installed it really requires very little maintenance. And where it fails in transforming carbon emissions into oxygen it makes up for in reducing the heaviest carbon emitter – the lawn mower.\n\nSynthetic grass competes against paving in that it’s equally as porous as traditional lawn. Therefore, you will never find water pooling on top of it – unless your water table is as high as ours – and it won’t cause runoff problems in torrential rains. Plus, as a surface synthetic grass is still soft enough for your toddlers to play on.\nBut, if you think that once it’s laid it’s the end of the story – think again. Synthetic grass may be less maintenance but it’s not maintenance-free. While the mower can safely be put away, the artificial turf is still a surface that needs to remain clean. So, the <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3waoXh0\">lawn blower</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0012QLVRM\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is going to become your new best friend.\n\nKeeping your synthetic grass cool in summer is going to become an issue for you as well as artificial lawn left in full-sun can get hotter than concrete by 2-5°C. Some fake lawns are even prone to fading under ultraviolet so the best way to protect them is to keep shade sails over them or covered awnings hiding it from the hottest part of the day, at least.\n\nOne of the hardest things to maintain with synthetic grass is spills and scrapes. Cordial, soft drinks, animal urine and even blood can easily be washed off but try removing chewing gum or melted lollies from your fake lawn and you could be in for quite a challenge. Plus, keeping Rover from performing No. 2’s on the artificial stuff is no small feat either.\n\nThe beauty of synthetic grass is that you can always rip it up and replace it if it gets beyond further cleaning. But at the price, it’s probably not an exercise that’s going to happen on a frequent basis.', 'How to Maintain Synthetic Grass', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-maintain-synthetic-grass', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:33:34', '2021-11-03 13:33:34', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=691', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(692, 1, '2021-11-03 09:32:56', '2021-11-03 13:32:56', 'Ok, so you’ve installed some synthetic grass in order to cut down on the mowing, watering, fertilising and general upkeep of the traditional lawn. Even the price difference (7 -10 times more than traditional turf) didn’t deter you, knowing full well that it only came with a 6 year guarantee. Yet, compared to paving or fighting your way around the garden through loose pebbles it seemed like the best option.\n\nWhile I pride myself on my puritanical views of gardening, there is a lot to be said for synthetic grass. Sure, it will never compete with the natural version for softness, cooling effect or pollution control but once it’s been installed it really requires very little maintenance. And where it fails in transforming carbon emissions into oxygen it makes up for in reducing the heaviest carbon emitter – the lawn mower.\n\nSynthetic grass competes against paving in that it’s equally as porous as traditional lawn. Therefore, you will never find water pooling on top of it – unless your water table is as high as ours – and it won’t cause runoff problems in torrential rains. Plus, as a surface synthetic grass is still soft enough for your toddlers to play on.\nBut, if you think that once it’s laid it’s the end of the story – think again. Synthetic grass may be less maintenance but it’s not maintenance-free. While the mower can safely be put away, the artificial turf is still a surface that needs to remain clean. So, the <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0012QLVRM?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B0012QLVRM\">lawn blower</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0012QLVRM\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is going to become your new best friend.\n\nKeeping your synthetic grass cool in summer is going to become an issue for you as well as artificial lawn left in full-sun can get hotter than concrete by 2-5°C. Some fake lawns are even prone to fading under ultraviolet so the best way to protect them is to keep shade sails over them or covered awnings hiding it from the hottest part of the day, at least.\n\nOne of the hardest things to maintain with synthetic grass is spills and scrapes. Cordial, soft drinks, animal urine and even blood can easily be washed off but try removing chewing gum or melted lollies from your fake lawn and you could be in for quite a challenge. Plus, keeping Rover from performing No. 2’s on the artificial stuff is no small feat either.\n\nThe beauty of synthetic grass is that you can always rip it up and replace it if it gets beyond further cleaning. But at the price, it’s probably not an exercise that’s going to happen on a frequent basis.', 'How to Maintain Synthetic Grass', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '691-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:32:56', '2021-11-03 13:32:56', '', 691, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=692', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(693, 1, '2021-11-03 09:33:33', '2021-11-03 13:33:33', 'Ok, so you’ve installed some synthetic grass in order to cut down on the mowing, watering, fertilising and general upkeep of the traditional lawn. Even the price difference (7 -10 times more than traditional turf) didn’t deter you, knowing full well that it only came with a 6 year guarantee. Yet, compared to paving or fighting your way around the garden through loose pebbles it seemed like the best option.\n\nWhile I pride myself on my puritanical views of gardening, there is a lot to be said for synthetic grass. Sure, it will never compete with the natural version for softness, cooling effect or pollution control but once it’s been installed it really requires very little maintenance. And where it fails in transforming carbon emissions into oxygen it makes up for in reducing the heaviest carbon emitter – the lawn mower.\n\nSynthetic grass competes against paving in that it’s equally as porous as traditional lawn. Therefore, you will never find water pooling on top of it – unless your water table is as high as ours – and it won’t cause runoff problems in torrential rains. Plus, as a surface synthetic grass is still soft enough for your toddlers to play on.\nBut, if you think that once it’s laid it’s the end of the story – think again. Synthetic grass may be less maintenance but it’s not maintenance-free. While the mower can safely be put away, the artificial turf is still a surface that needs to remain clean. So, the <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3waoXh0\">lawn blower</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0012QLVRM\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is going to become your new best friend.\n\nKeeping your synthetic grass cool in summer is going to become an issue for you as well as artificial lawn left in full-sun can get hotter than concrete by 2-5°C. Some fake lawns are even prone to fading under ultraviolet so the best way to protect them is to keep shade sails over them or covered awnings hiding it from the hottest part of the day, at least.\n\nOne of the hardest things to maintain with synthetic grass is spills and scrapes. Cordial, soft drinks, animal urine and even blood can easily be washed off but try removing chewing gum or melted lollies from your fake lawn and you could be in for quite a challenge. Plus, keeping Rover from performing No. 2’s on the artificial stuff is no small feat either.\n\nThe beauty of synthetic grass is that you can always rip it up and replace it if it gets beyond further cleaning. But at the price, it’s probably not an exercise that’s going to happen on a frequent basis.', 'How to Maintain Synthetic Grass', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '691-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:33:33', '2021-11-03 13:33:33', '', 691, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=693', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(694, 1, '2021-11-03 09:33:40', '2021-11-03 13:33:40', 'There are two ways to look at this question; firstly from our (the gardener) point of view, and second from the dog’s viewpoint. For while we may assume that what works best for us should also work best for our pets, our logic may differ from reality somewhat.\n\nSo let’s start by looking at what is the best grass for dogs – from a dog’s opinion.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-688\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/grass-for-dogs.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"150\" />Dogs love grass – almost as much as digging holes in our neatly manicured lawns. Firstly, it’s a soft play area. Dogs can run on a turfed surface much more safely, and comfortably, than anything else we have to offer – even sand!\n\nSecond, they love to eat it. While we may assume that dogs are carnivorous animals and love to chow down on a gravy meat at any chance, they are actually more akin to an omnivore’s diet and happily eat their greens with their proteins. Grass, while not naturally part of their food pyramid, is more like a health supplement to their bodies – much like multi-vitamins are to us. It aids in cleansing their vital organs and offering pain relief for infections as well.\n\nHowever, from a gardener’s viewpoint, is there such a thing as a “best grass for dogs”?\n\nNaturally, gardens and dogs – especially juvenile pups – do not readily mix. Young dogs love to dig, have uncontrollable bowel movements in human-traffic areas and scatter their play things to the outermost extremeties of your yard. Their robust play can tear up a piece of sod quicker than you say, “Drop that ball!”\n\nTherefore, the best grass for dogs is one that grows quick, can tolerate being covered with faeces and urine and regardless of how deep it digs will rebound once it’s given some relief.\n\nSome gardeners assume that this means artificial grass but nothing could be more further from the truth. In fact, fake grass could be classed as the “worst grass for dogs”! They can’t chew on it, to aid their internal systems, but they can still dig through it – yet it doesn’t replenish itself. Plus, in the middle of summer your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-to-maintain-synthetic-grass/\"><strong>synthetic grass</strong></a> can get 2-5°C hotter than concrete – hardly conducive to pet play!\n\nNo, the best grass for dogs is a fast growing kikuyu or couch. It’s not necessarily the best lawn for a garden, because of its deep root system which constantly penetrates your garden beds, but where dogs are involved it will handle itself with aplomb.\n\nObviously, maintaining a lawn for a dog is different to keeping a neat garden lawn growing as well. The fertilisers MUST be organic and pet-friendly, watering will need to be more regular and mowing may become more of an obstacle course.', 'What is the Best Grass for Dogs?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '687-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:33:40', '2021-11-03 13:33:40', '', 687, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=694', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(695, 1, '2010-01-16 09:34:00', '2010-01-16 14:34:00', 'Most home gardeners buy garden canopies to add some shade into their yards. They erect them over the deck, patio or paved area hoping to flee from the boiling sun that threatens to malign their sensitive skin. With shade overhead, the sun no longer has its bite and people can sit all day under these canopies without being seared to death.\n\nYet the obvious benefit of a garden canopy is also its downfall. Shade = no sunlight. While this may good for the purpose a canopy was intended invariably we forget to pull them down once we no longer need them. A day or two …or three… months passes and before you can blame the kids for leaving it up the lawn has now perished due to lack of sunlight and the plants subjected to its cover appear impoverished and neglected.\n\nYou stop and consider your predicament realising that while shade is good for you and your family, your plants and garden aren’t as wildly positive about it. In fact, as you soon realise, they suffer because of it.\n\nGarden canopies are intended to be erected for short periods of time – for example, the weekend at most. But, human nature being what it is we often forget to dismantle them until the next gale force weather warning interrupts our TV viewing.\n<h2>So how can garden canopies co-exist with the garden?</h2>\nI’m glad you asked. Understanding our own human laziness when it comes to erecting/dismantling a canopy we have to explore other avenues. Putting it up and pulling it down every time you want to spend some time <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/10-ways-to-relax-in-your-garden/\">relaxing in the garden</a> is not a plausible option.\nInstead, try achieving one of these options:\n<ol>\n 	<li>Make a family rule that when the first person sits under the canopy at the start of the day that they move it to another location. Even moving it the same distance as its width will give your sun-loving plants a little relief.</li>\n 	<li>When the last person leaves the canopy get them to turn it upside down. This won’t be great for your lawn, if that’s where it resides, but it will allow the rest of your garden some breathing space.</li>\n 	<li>Set yourself a reminder that it always comes down on a [fill in a specific day of the week]. This way you’re guaranteed that the canopy is destined to be packed away at least once per week and will only go up again when needed.</li>\n 	<li>Dismantle the legs only. Some types of garden canopy will remain intact, yet lowered, if you remove the legs. As in #2 it does have problems for your lawn but can save your plants some grief.</li>\n</ol>\nWith a few rules in place, summer and garden canopies can co-exist and your garden won’t struggle from the increased shade.', 'How Garden Canopies Can Ruin Your Garden and Ways to Fix It', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'garden-canopies', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:44:41', '2021-11-03 13:44:41', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=695', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(696, 1, '2021-11-03 09:36:41', '2021-11-03 13:36:41', '', 'Garden Canopies', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'garden-canopies', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:36:45', '2021-11-03 13:36:45', '', 695, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Garden-Canopies.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(697, 1, '2021-11-03 09:37:22', '2021-11-03 13:37:22', 'Most home gardeners buy garden canopies to add some shade into their yards. They erect them over the deck, patio or paved area hoping to flee from the boiling sun that threatens to malign their sensitive skin. With shade overhead, the sun no longer has its bite and people can sit all day under these canopies without being seared to death.\n\nYet the obvious benefit of a garden canopy is also its downfall. Shade = no sunlight. While this may good for the purpose a canopy was intended invariably we forget to pull them down once we no longer need them. A day or two …or three… months passes and before you can blame the kids for leaving it up the lawn has now perished due to lack of sunlight and the plants subjected to its cover appear impoverished and neglected.\n\nYou stop and consider your predicament realising that while shade is good for you and your family, your plants and garden aren’t as wildly positive about it. In fact, as you soon realise, they suffer because of it.\n\nGarden canopies are intended to be erected for short periods of time – for example, the weekend at most. But, human nature being what it is we often forget to dismantle them until the next gale force weather warning interrupts our TV viewing.\n<h2>So how can garden canopies co-exist with the garden?</h2>\nI’m glad you asked. Understanding our own human laziness when it comes to erecting/dismantling a canopy we have to explore other avenues. Putting it up and pulling it down every time you want to spend some time <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2007/09/10_ways_to_relax_in_your_garden.html\">relaxing in the garden</a> is not a plausible option.\nInstead, try achieving one of these options:\n<ol>\n 	<li>Make a family rule that when the first person sits under the canopy at the start of the day that they move it to another location. Even moving it the same distance as its width will give your sun-loving plants a little relief.</li>\n 	<li>When the last person leaves the canopy get them to turn it upside down. This won’t be great for your lawn, if that’s where it resides, but it will allow the rest of your garden some breathing space.</li>\n 	<li>Set yourself a reminder that it always comes down on a [fill in a specific day of the week]. This way you’re guaranteed that the canopy is destined to be packed away at least once per week and will only go up again when needed.</li>\n 	<li>Dismantle the legs only. Some types of garden canopy will remain intact, yet lowered, if you remove the legs. As in #2 it does have problems for your lawn but can save your plants some grief.</li>\n</ol>\nWith a few rules in place, summer and garden canopies can co-exist and your garden won’t struggle from the increased shade.', 'How Garden Canopies Can Ruin Your Garden and Ways to Fix It', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '695-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:37:22', '2021-11-03 13:37:22', '', 695, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=697', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(698, 1, '2007-09-17 09:37:00', '2007-09-17 13:37:00', 'How hard can it be to relax in your own garden? Well, if you’re a gardener it can be near on impossible.\n\nSee, the problem with gardeners is that we actually like gardening. While most won’t see anything inherently problematic with that scenario it can become a real shame when the thing that we enjoy doing can’t be enjoyed without the ‘doing’.\n\nThe proverbial adage, “Take time to smell the roses,” couldn’t be more apt for gardeners who can’t enjoy their gardens without plucking out that weed they missed in their last cleanup spree. We can sometimes become so obsessed with the voids and problem areas within our gardens that they consume even our relaxation time.\n\nSo, it’s become acutely obvious that we need to find a few alternative ways to relax and take our minds off the garden chores.\n\nHere’s 10 ways to relax in your garden without gardening:\n<h3>1. Snooze in a Hammock</h3>\nWhat better way to enjoy a Saturday afternoon in the garden – and with this two-person jumbo hammock <img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000EC0DX8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.) </em>you don’t even need two trees to string one up anymore.\n\nRelaxing in a hammock has an amazingly soothing effect on your body. The gentle swaying motion and the fact that you’re looking up, rather than across, forces you to enjoy your garden from another dimension.\n\nPut on some comforting Enya tunes – or anything that takes you away to another place – and enjoy your afternoon.\n<h3>2. Take up Painting</h3>\nSure, you could easily walk around and snap all the flowers and garden vistas with your new digital SLR but that would hardly make for a genuine way to relax. Instead, buy yourself a cheap canvas and few basic paint colours and let your creative juices flow into another medium.\n\nThe beauty with painting is that it requires time to enjoy. You can’t rush it and who knows – you might actually be good at it.\n<h3>3. Prepare a Picnic</h3>\nThis is a great way to relax, especially in your own garden and even moreso if you have kids. The novelty of packing a picnic will automatically get you in the mood to relax so when you step out onto your manicured lawn and throw down the picnic blanket you’ve already reconciled your mind to taking the afternoon easy.\n<h3>4. Play Croquet</h3>\nSetting up a game of croquet throughout your garden – it’s not necessary to have lawn – is easy to achieve and a brilliant way to while the day. The more players the better, but if there is only the two of you then find some creative ways to play a few games – blindfold each other, play backwards etc.\n\nIf it’s just you on your little lonesome then challenge the dog – at least there won’t be any arguments when it comes to announcing the winner.\n<h3>5. Read a Non-Gardening Book/ Magazine</h3>\nIf you’re like me, reading a gardening book is hardly relaxing. Five pages in and I’m already itching to get out into the garden to tweak a garden bed or check my compost heap for signs of readiness.\n\nNo, if you’re wanting to relax in your garden then put all the gardening books away and find some mind-numbing novel to pique your interest. Even reading the latest lifestyle magazine should encourage you to chill out a little.\n<h3>6. Catch Butterflies</h3>\nIf you have kids, then this is a fantastic activity to stir the relaxation muscles. Each of you walk around the garden with a <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3mGASzP\">butterfly net</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000OQBBDA\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> carefully scooping up these wonderful insects. Once they’re caught you can let your children gently caress them before releasing them back into your garden.\n\nGive them a couple of minutes head start and then try and track them down again.\n<h3>7. Employ a Masseur for the afternoon</h3>\nMany hotel chains now promote mobile masseur services (no, not that type of masseur) to come and spend an hour or two getting all those knots out of your back. While it’s not the cheapest service, as a treat it might be just the thing you need. Plus, it can all happen in the privacy of your own garden.\n<h3>8. Play with a pet</h3>\nMany gardeners have pets; dogs, cats, rabbits, hamsters etc. If it’s normally caged then allow it some freedom to roam around and explore. This may not be the most relaxing activity if you haven’t set up some inescapable boundaries first but if everything is in place then spending a little time with them may be just the ticket.\n<h3>9. Do Some Relaxation Exercises</h3>\nIf you have an exercise ball, or any other apparatus that is portable, try taking it out into your tropical garden or set it up on the patio. Even aerobics could be enjoyed in the comfort of your garden and it might even make them more fun and enjoyable.\n<h3>10. Entertain Low-Maintenance Friends</h3>\nYou know what I mean – those friends that can drop in at a moments notice, take very little effort to entertain and know the cue for when to leave. They’re great people and you always feel relaxed in their company.\n\nInvite them over and spend the afternoon playing cards, or telling jokes. Bring out a board game or just sit on the patio sipping a glass of chardonnay – or two…..\n\nWell, there you have it. Here’s at least 10 ways to relax in your garden and I’m sure there are a heap more.\n\nHow do you find you’re able to switch off and enjoy your garden? Do you have a way to relax that could work for others?', '10 Ways to Relax in Your Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', '10-ways-to-relax-in-your-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:44:23', '2021-11-03 13:44:23', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=698', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(699, 1, '2021-11-03 09:43:19', '2021-11-03 13:43:19', 'How hard can it be to relax in your own garden? Well, if you’re a gardener it can be near on impossible.\n\nSee, the problem with gardeners is that we actually like gardening. While most won’t see anything inherently problematic with that scenario it can become a real shame when the thing that we enjoy doing can’t be enjoyed without the ‘doing’.\n\nThe proverbial adage, “Take time to smell the roses,” couldn’t be more apt for gardeners who can’t enjoy their gardens without plucking out that weed they missed in their last cleanup spree. We can sometimes become so obsessed with the voids and problem areas within our gardens that they consume even our relaxation time.\n\nSo, it’s become acutely obvious that we need to find a few alternative ways to relax and take our minds off the garden chores.\n\nHere’s 10 ways to relax in your garden without gardening:\n<h3>1. Snooze in a Hammock</h3>\nWhat better way to enjoy a Saturday afternoon in the garden – and with this <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000EC0DX8?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B000EC0DX8\">two-person jumbo hammock </a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000EC0DX8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.) </em>you don’t even need two trees to string one up anymore.\n\nRelaxing in a hammock has an amazingly soothing effect on your body. The gentle swaying motion and the fact that you’re looking up, rather than across, forces you to enjoy your garden from another dimension.\n\nPut on some comforting Enya tunes – or anything that takes you away to another place – and enjoy your afternoon.\n<h3>2. Take up Painting</h3>\nSure, you could easily walk around and snap all the flowers and garden vistas with your new digital SLR but that would hardly make for a genuine way to relax. Instead, buy yourself a cheap canvas and few basic paint colours and let your creative juices flow into another medium.\n\nThe beauty with painting is that it requires time to enjoy. You can’t rush it and who knows – you might actually be good at it.\n<h3>3. Prepare a Picnic</h3>\nThis is a great way to relax, especially in your own garden and even moreso if you have kids. The novelty of packing a picnic will automatically get you in the mood to relax so when you step out onto your manicured lawn and throw down the picnic blanket you’ve already reconciled your mind to taking the afternoon easy.\n<h3>4. Play Croquet</h3>\nSetting up a game of croquet throughout your garden – it’s not necessary to have lawn – is easy to achieve and a brilliant way to while the day. The more players the better, but if there is only the two of you then find some creative ways to play a few games – blindfold each other, play backwards etc.\n\nIf it’s just you on your little lonesome then challenge the dog – at least there won’t be any arguments when it comes to announcing the winner.\n<h3>5. Read a Non-Gardening Book/ Magazine</h3>\nIf you’re like me, reading a gardening book is hardly relaxing. Five pages in and I’m already itching to get out into the garden to tweak a garden bed or check my compost heap for signs of readiness.\n\nNo, if you’re wanting to relax in your garden then put all the gardening books away and find some mind-numbing novel to pique your interest. Even reading the latest lifestyle magazine should encourage you to chill out a little.\n<h3>6. Catch Butterflies</h3>\nIf you have kids, then this is a fantastic activity to stir the relaxation muscles. Each of you walk around the garden with a <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000OQBBDA?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=9325&amp;creativeASIN=B000OQBBDA\">butterfly net</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000OQBBDA\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> carefully scooping up these wonderful insects. Once they’re caught you can let your children gently caress them before releasing them back into your garden.\n\nGive them a couple of minutes head start and then try and track them down again.\n<h3>7. Employ a Masseur for the afternoon</h3>\nMany hotel chains now promote mobile masseur services (no, not that type of masseur) to come and spend an hour or two getting all those knots out of your back. While it’s not the cheapest service, as a treat it might be just the thing you need. Plus, it can all happen in the privacy of your own garden.\n<h3>8. Play with a pet</h3>\nMany gardeners have pets; dogs, cats, rabbits, hamsters etc. If it’s normally caged then allow it some freedom to roam around and explore. This may not be the most relaxing activity if you haven’t set up some inescapable boundaries first but if everything is in place then spending a little time with them may be just the ticket.\n<h3>9. Do Some Relaxation Exercises</h3>\nIf you have an exercise ball, or any other apparatus that is portable, try taking it out into your tropical garden or set it up on the patio. Even aerobics could be enjoyed in the comfort of your garden and it might even make them more fun and enjoyable.\n<h3>10. Entertain Low-Maintenance Friends</h3>\nYou know what I mean – those friends that can drop in at a moments notice, take very little effort to entertain and know the cue for when to leave. They’re great people and you always feel relaxed in their company.\n\nInvite them over and spend the afternoon playing cards, or telling jokes. Bring out a board game or just sit on the patio sipping a glass of chardonnay – or two…..\n\nWell, there you have it. Here’s at least 10 ways to relax in your garden and I’m sure there are a heap more.\n\nHow do you find you’re able to switch off and enjoy your garden? Do you have a way to relax that could work for others?', '10 Ways to Relax in Your Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '698-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:43:19', '2021-11-03 13:43:19', '', 698, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=699', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(700, 1, '2021-11-03 09:44:21', '2021-11-03 13:44:21', 'How hard can it be to relax in your own garden? Well, if you’re a gardener it can be near on impossible.\n\nSee, the problem with gardeners is that we actually like gardening. While most won’t see anything inherently problematic with that scenario it can become a real shame when the thing that we enjoy doing can’t be enjoyed without the ‘doing’.\n\nThe proverbial adage, “Take time to smell the roses,” couldn’t be more apt for gardeners who can’t enjoy their gardens without plucking out that weed they missed in their last cleanup spree. We can sometimes become so obsessed with the voids and problem areas within our gardens that they consume even our relaxation time.\n\nSo, it’s become acutely obvious that we need to find a few alternative ways to relax and take our minds off the garden chores.\n\nHere’s 10 ways to relax in your garden without gardening:\n<h3>1. Snooze in a Hammock</h3>\nWhat better way to enjoy a Saturday afternoon in the garden – and with this two-person jumbo hammock <img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000EC0DX8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.) </em>you don’t even need two trees to string one up anymore.\n\nRelaxing in a hammock has an amazingly soothing effect on your body. The gentle swaying motion and the fact that you’re looking up, rather than across, forces you to enjoy your garden from another dimension.\n\nPut on some comforting Enya tunes – or anything that takes you away to another place – and enjoy your afternoon.\n<h3>2. Take up Painting</h3>\nSure, you could easily walk around and snap all the flowers and garden vistas with your new digital SLR but that would hardly make for a genuine way to relax. Instead, buy yourself a cheap canvas and few basic paint colours and let your creative juices flow into another medium.\n\nThe beauty with painting is that it requires time to enjoy. You can’t rush it and who knows – you might actually be good at it.\n<h3>3. Prepare a Picnic</h3>\nThis is a great way to relax, especially in your own garden and even moreso if you have kids. The novelty of packing a picnic will automatically get you in the mood to relax so when you step out onto your manicured lawn and throw down the picnic blanket you’ve already reconciled your mind to taking the afternoon easy.\n<h3>4. Play Croquet</h3>\nSetting up a game of croquet throughout your garden – it’s not necessary to have lawn – is easy to achieve and a brilliant way to while the day. The more players the better, but if there is only the two of you then find some creative ways to play a few games – blindfold each other, play backwards etc.\n\nIf it’s just you on your little lonesome then challenge the dog – at least there won’t be any arguments when it comes to announcing the winner.\n<h3>5. Read a Non-Gardening Book/ Magazine</h3>\nIf you’re like me, reading a gardening book is hardly relaxing. Five pages in and I’m already itching to get out into the garden to tweak a garden bed or check my compost heap for signs of readiness.\n\nNo, if you’re wanting to relax in your garden then put all the gardening books away and find some mind-numbing novel to pique your interest. Even reading the latest lifestyle magazine should encourage you to chill out a little.\n<h3>6. Catch Butterflies</h3>\nIf you have kids, then this is a fantastic activity to stir the relaxation muscles. Each of you walk around the garden with a <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3mGASzP\">butterfly net</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000OQBBDA\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> <em>(aff.)</em> carefully scooping up these wonderful insects. Once they’re caught you can let your children gently caress them before releasing them back into your garden.\n\nGive them a couple of minutes head start and then try and track them down again.\n<h3>7. Employ a Masseur for the afternoon</h3>\nMany hotel chains now promote mobile masseur services (no, not that type of masseur) to come and spend an hour or two getting all those knots out of your back. While it’s not the cheapest service, as a treat it might be just the thing you need. Plus, it can all happen in the privacy of your own garden.\n<h3>8. Play with a pet</h3>\nMany gardeners have pets; dogs, cats, rabbits, hamsters etc. If it’s normally caged then allow it some freedom to roam around and explore. This may not be the most relaxing activity if you haven’t set up some inescapable boundaries first but if everything is in place then spending a little time with them may be just the ticket.\n<h3>9. Do Some Relaxation Exercises</h3>\nIf you have an exercise ball, or any other apparatus that is portable, try taking it out into your tropical garden or set it up on the patio. Even aerobics could be enjoyed in the comfort of your garden and it might even make them more fun and enjoyable.\n<h3>10. Entertain Low-Maintenance Friends</h3>\nYou know what I mean – those friends that can drop in at a moments notice, take very little effort to entertain and know the cue for when to leave. They’re great people and you always feel relaxed in their company.\n\nInvite them over and spend the afternoon playing cards, or telling jokes. Bring out a board game or just sit on the patio sipping a glass of chardonnay – or two…..\n\nWell, there you have it. Here’s at least 10 ways to relax in your garden and I’m sure there are a heap more.\n\nHow do you find you’re able to switch off and enjoy your garden? Do you have a way to relax that could work for others?', '10 Ways to Relax in Your Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '698-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:44:21', '2021-11-03 13:44:21', '', 698, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=700', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(701, 1, '2021-11-03 09:44:40', '2021-11-03 13:44:40', 'Most home gardeners buy garden canopies to add some shade into their yards. They erect them over the deck, patio or paved area hoping to flee from the boiling sun that threatens to malign their sensitive skin. With shade overhead, the sun no longer has its bite and people can sit all day under these canopies without being seared to death.\n\nYet the obvious benefit of a garden canopy is also its downfall. Shade = no sunlight. While this may good for the purpose a canopy was intended invariably we forget to pull them down once we no longer need them. A day or two …or three… months passes and before you can blame the kids for leaving it up the lawn has now perished due to lack of sunlight and the plants subjected to its cover appear impoverished and neglected.\n\nYou stop and consider your predicament realising that while shade is good for you and your family, your plants and garden aren’t as wildly positive about it. In fact, as you soon realise, they suffer because of it.\n\nGarden canopies are intended to be erected for short periods of time – for example, the weekend at most. But, human nature being what it is we often forget to dismantle them until the next gale force weather warning interrupts our TV viewing.\n<h2>So how can garden canopies co-exist with the garden?</h2>\nI’m glad you asked. Understanding our own human laziness when it comes to erecting/dismantling a canopy we have to explore other avenues. Putting it up and pulling it down every time you want to spend some time <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/10-ways-to-relax-in-your-garden/\">relaxing in the garden</a> is not a plausible option.\nInstead, try achieving one of these options:\n<ol>\n 	<li>Make a family rule that when the first person sits under the canopy at the start of the day that they move it to another location. Even moving it the same distance as its width will give your sun-loving plants a little relief.</li>\n 	<li>When the last person leaves the canopy get them to turn it upside down. This won’t be great for your lawn, if that’s where it resides, but it will allow the rest of your garden some breathing space.</li>\n 	<li>Set yourself a reminder that it always comes down on a [fill in a specific day of the week]. This way you’re guaranteed that the canopy is destined to be packed away at least once per week and will only go up again when needed.</li>\n 	<li>Dismantle the legs only. Some types of garden canopy will remain intact, yet lowered, if you remove the legs. As in #2 it does have problems for your lawn but can save your plants some grief.</li>\n</ol>\nWith a few rules in place, summer and garden canopies can co-exist and your garden won’t struggle from the increased shade.', 'How Garden Canopies Can Ruin Your Garden and Ways to Fix It', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '695-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:44:40', '2021-11-03 13:44:40', '', 695, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=701', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(702, 1, '2009-11-24 09:45:00', '2009-11-24 14:45:00', '<div class=\"post-content\">\n\nGarden windows have taken on a variety of different meanings these days; <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/starting-a-windowsill-herb-garden/\">windowsill herb gardens</a> is one example, windows overlooking gardens is another and the glazed conservatory is yet another. So what do we mean when we start discussing ways to make one.\nWell, I’ve already discussed the first option but I only mentioned how to turn the windowsill into a living, growing garden. Garden windows are more than just the sill on a two-dimensional plane.\n\nThe idea of a garden window, or “bay window” as some gardeners refer to them, is to capture light from as many directions as possible. Therefore, the actual window extrudes past the boundaries of the wall that it resides upon and seemingly holds itself suspended above the ground.\nSome garden windows will just have three panes of glass: two smaller ones that extrude from the edges at an angle and another large piece that horizontally afaces the wall. Others will also add another pane at the top of this space and still others will also add another at the bottom where the sill normally resides. The extra top and bottom glass panes do have a reason; firstly the top pane allows more daylight hours of sunshine to penetrate the window while the bottom allows for the area to quickly heat up in areas where this is required.\n\nSo, the question is, “Is it possible to make your own garden windows?”\n\nAnd the answer is “Yes…and No”. If you’re an able bodied person with the gift of window glazing then it should be a cinch for you to create one of these in your spare time. However, if you’re like me and a little tentative when putting holes in the side of your house then you may want to consider hiring a professional to give you a hand.\n\nHowever, if you do hire a professional glazer/ builder to create your garden windows it doesn’t mean that you can’t be involved in the process – especially customising the design.\n\nThe most important decision required at the start of the process is to choose where to orientate your garden windows. If you live in the northern hemisphere then facing it south will probably mean it’s going to be too hot and north may not get enough sun. For southern hemisphereans the opposite is true. Therefore your best orientation is either east or west, regardless of which hemisphere you live in.\n\nWhen you’ve discovered where to locate the garden window then it’s a matter of what type to install; full glazing (top and bottom), side glazing only or a combination of both. It really depends on what you plan to grow inside it and how hot your climate is – the cooler the better.\n\nThen it’s time to install the window making sure that the weather is still kept at bay and can’t intrude through any gaps. Once installed, choose some plants that grow well in containers and enjoy the extra sunshine. Then you’ll become the envy of the gardening world – well, almost.\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>\n</div>', 'Make your own Garden Windows', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'make-your-own-garden-windows', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:53:18', '2021-11-03 13:53:18', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=702', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(703, 1, '2021-11-03 09:47:47', '2021-11-03 13:47:47', '', 'Garden Windows', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'garden-windows', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:47:50', '2021-11-03 13:47:50', '', 702, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Garden-Windows.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(704, 1, '2021-11-03 09:48:09', '2021-11-03 13:48:09', '<div class=\"post-content\">\n\nGarden windows have taken on a variety of different meanings these days; <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2009/05/starting_a_windowsill_herb_garden.html\">windowsill herb gardens</a> is one example, windows overlooking gardens is another and the glazed conservatory is yet another. So what do we mean when we start discussing ways to make one.\nWell, I’ve already discussed the first option but I only mentioned how to turn the windowsill into a living, growing garden. Garden windows are more than just the sill on a two-dimensional plane.\n\nThe idea of a garden window, or “bay window” as some gardeners refer to them, is to capture light from as many directions as possible. Therefore, the actual window extrudes past the boundaries of the wall that it resides upon and seemingly holds itself suspended above the ground.\nSome garden windows will just have three panes of glass: two smaller ones that extrude from the edges at an angle and another large piece that horizontally afaces the wall. Others will also add another pane at the top of this space and still others will also add another at the bottom where the sill normally resides. The extra top and bottom glass panes do have a reason; firstly the top pane allows more daylight hours of sunshine to penetrate the window while the bottom allows for the area to quickly heat up in areas where this is required.\n\nSo, the question is, “Is it possible to make your own garden windows?”\n\nAnd the answer is “Yes…and No”. If you’re an able bodied person with the gift of window glazing then it should be a cinch for you to create one of these in your spare time. However, if you’re like me and a little tentative when putting holes in the side of your house then you may want to consider hiring a professional to give you a hand.\n\nHowever, if you do hire a professional glazer/ builder to create your garden windows it doesn’t mean that you can’t be involved in the process – especially customising the design.\n\nThe most important decision required at the start of the process is to choose where to orientate your garden windows. If you live in the northern hemisphere then facing it south will probably mean it’s going to be too hot and north may not get enough sun. For southern hemisphereans the opposite is true. Therefore your best orientation is either east or west, regardless of which hemisphere you live in.\n\nWhen you’ve discovered where to locate the garden window then it’s a matter of what type to install; full glazing (top and bottom), side glazing only or a combination of both. It really depends on what you plan to grow inside it and how hot your climate is – the cooler the better.\n\nThen it’s time to install the window making sure that the weather is still kept at bay and can’t intrude through any gaps. Once installed, choose some plants that grow well in containers and enjoy the extra sunshine. Then you’ll become the envy of the gardening world – well, almost.\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>\n</div>', 'Make your own Garden Windows', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '702-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:48:09', '2021-11-03 13:48:09', '', 702, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=704', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(705, 1, '2009-05-05 09:48:00', '2009-05-05 13:48:00', 'Growing herbs is a wonderful, and practical, use of your gardening space. They lend themselves so well to almost any garden and emit gorgeous fragrances into the air as well as infuse into your morning cup of <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/herbal-teas/\">herbal tea</a> or throughout your favourite culinary masterpiece.\n\n[toc]\n\nYet often the herb garden is kept outdoors and depending on your climate may only be harvestable during the warmer months. So it makes sense to bring them indoors and start your own windowsill herb garden.\n<h2>STEP #1 – Finding an appropriate windowsill</h2>\nThe best place may seem like the kitchen but it all depends on which windowsill gets the most sun. For southern hemisphereans you will need a window with a north-facing aspect while northerners will need a southerly aspect. A window facing in this direction will get the most sun thoughout the day and produce the much needed light for your herb garden to grow.\n\nThe windowsill garden will need at least 4-6 hours of sunlight per day so choose wisely the right windowsill.\n\nIf your pots still aren’t getting enough warmth from the limited sunlight you may want to consider covering your herbs with a <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/instant-garden-cloche/\">garden cloche</a>. This will create another level of humidity and warmth to keep your plants growing.\n<h2>STEP #2 – Choosing your windowsill containers</h2>\nAlmost any container will suffice for the windowsill garden provided it won’t melt in the sunlight and offers ample drainage. If your winters are very cold I would suggest using terracotta pots instead of plastic as the clay will warm with the sun and insulate the potting medium overnight.\n\nDrainage is an important factor for your windowsill plants so you might want to provide reservoir bowls or saucers under each pot or container. These will also give you some indication as to when your plants require more water.\n\nIf your containers don’t drain well then they will harm the growth pattern of your herbs and possibly stunt them or allow fungal diseases to be introduced.\n<h2>STEP #3 – Selecting appropriate windowsill herbs</h2>\nJust because you’ve created a windowsill herb garden doesn’t mean that any herbs are appropriate. Plants such as fennel, dill and comfrey should all be relegated to the outdoors garden due to their size.\n\nHowever, this shouldn’t limit your options as there are many plants that will grow well indoors on your windowsill. Here are a few;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Basil</li>\n 	<li>Oregano</li>\n 	<li>Marjoram</li>\n 	<li>Vietnamese Mint</li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/growing-borage/\">Borage</a></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-not-to-grow-peppermint/\">Peppermint</a></li>\n 	<li>Tansy</li>\n 	<li>Chamomile</li>\n 	<li>Parsley</li>\n 	<li>Yarrow</li>\n 	<li>Lemon Thyme</li>\n 	<li>Coriander (Cilantro)</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>STEP #4 – Caring for your windowsill garden</h2>\nYour windowsill garden should be nurtured just the same as your normal outdoor garden. Your herbs will require fertilising throughout their growing season – opt for foliar fertilisers over normal fertilisers although a once-per-year application of a slow-release should give them a boost. They will require fertiliser applications every 4-6 weeks.\n\nAs previously mentioned watering is an important component too and should be overseen with some vigour. Too much and you will cause problems and too little may damage these delicate plants beyond repair within a single day. The soil should be just moist to touch and the underlying saucer should have very little water in it passed one day.\n\nTo encourage new growth you will also need to prune your windowsill herbs regularly.', 'Starting a Windowsill Herb Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'starting-a-windowsill-herb-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:00:51', '2021-11-03 14:00:51', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=705', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(706, 1, '2021-11-03 09:52:37', '2021-11-03 13:52:37', '', 'Windowsill Herb Garden', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'windowsill-herb-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:52:40', '2021-11-03 13:52:40', '', 705, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Windowsill-Herb-Garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(707, 1, '2021-11-03 09:52:58', '2021-11-03 13:52:58', 'Growing herbs is a wonderful, and practical, use of your gardening space. They lend themselves so well to almost any garden and emit gorgeous fragrances into the air as well as infuse into your morning cup of <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/02/herbal_teas.html\">herbal tea</a> or throughout your favourite culinary masterpiece.\n\n[toc]\n\nYet often the herb garden is kept outdoors and depending on your climate may only be harvestable during the warmer months. So it makes sense to bring them indoors and start your own windowsill herb garden.\n<h2>STEP #1 – Finding an appropriate windowsill</h2>\nThe best place may seem like the kitchen but it all depends on which windowsill gets the most sun. For southern hemisphereans you will need a window with a north-facing aspect while northerners will need a southerly aspect. A window facing in this direction will get the most sun thoughout the day and produce the much needed light for your herb garden to grow.\n\nThe windowsill garden will need at least 4-6 hours of sunlight per day so choose wisely the right windowsill.\n\nIf your pots still aren’t getting enough warmth from the limited sunlight you may want to consider covering your herbs with a <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/11/instant_garden_cloche.html\">garden cloche</a>. This will create another level of humidity and warmth to keep your plants growing.\n<h2>STEP #2 – Choosing your windowsill containers</h2>\nAlmost any container will suffice for the windowsill garden provided it won’t melt in the sunlight and offers ample drainage. If your winters are very cold I would suggest using terracotta pots instead of plastic as the clay will warm with the sun and insulate the potting medium overnight.\n\nDrainage is an important factor for your windowsill plants so you might want to provide reservoir bowls or saucers under each pot or container. These will also give you some indication as to when your plants require more water.\n\nIf your containers don’t drain well then they will harm the growth pattern of your herbs and possibly stunt them or allow fungal diseases to be introduced.\n<h2>STEP #3 – Selecting appropriate windowsill herbs</h2>\nJust because you’ve created a windowsill herb garden doesn’t mean that any herbs are appropriate. Plants such as fennel, dill and comfrey should all be relegated to the outdoors garden due to their size.\n\nHowever, this shouldn’t limit your options as there are many plants that will grow well indoors on your windowsill. Here are a few;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Basil</li>\n 	<li>Oregano</li>\n 	<li>Marjoram</li>\n 	<li>Vietnamese Mint</li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/10/growing_borage.html\">Borage</a></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/11/how_not_to_grow_peppermint.html\">Peppermint</a></li>\n 	<li>Tansy</li>\n 	<li>Chamomile</li>\n 	<li>Parsley</li>\n 	<li>Yarrow</li>\n 	<li>Lemon Thyme</li>\n 	<li>Coriander (Cilantro)</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>STEP #4 – Caring for your windowsill garden</h2>\nYour windowsill garden should be nurtured just the same as your normal outdoor garden. Your herbs will require fertilising throughout their growing season – opt for foliar fertilisers over normal fertilisers although a once-per-year application of a slow-release should give them a boost. They will require fertiliser applications every 4-6 weeks.\n\nAs previously mentioned watering is an important component too and should be overseen with some vigour. Too much and you will cause problems and too little may damage these delicate plants beyond repair within a single day. The soil should be just moist to touch and the underlying saucer should have very little water in it passed one day.\n\nTo encourage new growth you will also need to prune your windowsill herbs regularly.', 'Starting a Windowsill Herb Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '705-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:52:58', '2021-11-03 13:52:58', '', 705, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=707', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(708, 1, '2021-11-03 09:53:17', '2021-11-03 13:53:17', '<div class=\"post-content\">\n\nGarden windows have taken on a variety of different meanings these days; <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/starting-a-windowsill-herb-garden/\">windowsill herb gardens</a> is one example, windows overlooking gardens is another and the glazed conservatory is yet another. So what do we mean when we start discussing ways to make one.\nWell, I’ve already discussed the first option but I only mentioned how to turn the windowsill into a living, growing garden. Garden windows are more than just the sill on a two-dimensional plane.\n\nThe idea of a garden window, or “bay window” as some gardeners refer to them, is to capture light from as many directions as possible. Therefore, the actual window extrudes past the boundaries of the wall that it resides upon and seemingly holds itself suspended above the ground.\nSome garden windows will just have three panes of glass: two smaller ones that extrude from the edges at an angle and another large piece that horizontally afaces the wall. Others will also add another pane at the top of this space and still others will also add another at the bottom where the sill normally resides. The extra top and bottom glass panes do have a reason; firstly the top pane allows more daylight hours of sunshine to penetrate the window while the bottom allows for the area to quickly heat up in areas where this is required.\n\nSo, the question is, “Is it possible to make your own garden windows?”\n\nAnd the answer is “Yes…and No”. If you’re an able bodied person with the gift of window glazing then it should be a cinch for you to create one of these in your spare time. However, if you’re like me and a little tentative when putting holes in the side of your house then you may want to consider hiring a professional to give you a hand.\n\nHowever, if you do hire a professional glazer/ builder to create your garden windows it doesn’t mean that you can’t be involved in the process – especially customising the design.\n\nThe most important decision required at the start of the process is to choose where to orientate your garden windows. If you live in the northern hemisphere then facing it south will probably mean it’s going to be too hot and north may not get enough sun. For southern hemisphereans the opposite is true. Therefore your best orientation is either east or west, regardless of which hemisphere you live in.\n\nWhen you’ve discovered where to locate the garden window then it’s a matter of what type to install; full glazing (top and bottom), side glazing only or a combination of both. It really depends on what you plan to grow inside it and how hot your climate is – the cooler the better.\n\nThen it’s time to install the window making sure that the weather is still kept at bay and can’t intrude through any gaps. Once installed, choose some plants that grow well in containers and enjoy the extra sunshine. Then you’ll become the envy of the gardening world – well, almost.\n<div class=\"clear\"></div>\n</div>', 'Make your own Garden Windows', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '702-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:53:17', '2021-11-03 13:53:17', '', 702, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=708', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(709, 1, '2021-11-03 09:54:01', '2021-11-03 13:54:01', 'Growing herbs is a wonderful, and practical, use of your gardening space. They lend themselves so well to almost any garden and emit gorgeous fragrances into the air as well as infuse into your morning cup of <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/02/herbal_teas.html\">herbal tea</a> or throughout your favourite culinary masterpiece.\n\n[toc]\n\nYet often the herb garden is kept outdoors and depending on your climate may only be harvestable during the warmer months. So it makes sense to bring them indoors and start your own windowsill herb garden.\n<h2>STEP #1 – Finding an appropriate windowsill</h2>\nThe best place may seem like the kitchen but it all depends on which windowsill gets the most sun. For southern hemisphereans you will need a window with a north-facing aspect while northerners will need a southerly aspect. A window facing in this direction will get the most sun thoughout the day and produce the much needed light for your herb garden to grow.\n\nThe windowsill garden will need at least 4-6 hours of sunlight per day so choose wisely the right windowsill.\n\nIf your pots still aren’t getting enough warmth from the limited sunlight you may want to consider covering your herbs with a <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/instant-garden-cloche/\">garden cloche</a>. This will create another level of humidity and warmth to keep your plants growing.\n<h2>STEP #2 – Choosing your windowsill containers</h2>\nAlmost any container will suffice for the windowsill garden provided it won’t melt in the sunlight and offers ample drainage. If your winters are very cold I would suggest using terracotta pots instead of plastic as the clay will warm with the sun and insulate the potting medium overnight.\n\nDrainage is an important factor for your windowsill plants so you might want to provide reservoir bowls or saucers under each pot or container. These will also give you some indication as to when your plants require more water.\n\nIf your containers don’t drain well then they will harm the growth pattern of your herbs and possibly stunt them or allow fungal diseases to be introduced.\n<h2>STEP #3 – Selecting appropriate windowsill herbs</h2>\nJust because you’ve created a windowsill herb garden doesn’t mean that any herbs are appropriate. Plants such as fennel, dill and comfrey should all be relegated to the outdoors garden due to their size.\n\nHowever, this shouldn’t limit your options as there are many plants that will grow well indoors on your windowsill. Here are a few;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Basil</li>\n 	<li>Oregano</li>\n 	<li>Marjoram</li>\n 	<li>Vietnamese Mint</li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/10/growing_borage.html\">Borage</a></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/11/how_not_to_grow_peppermint.html\">Peppermint</a></li>\n 	<li>Tansy</li>\n 	<li>Chamomile</li>\n 	<li>Parsley</li>\n 	<li>Yarrow</li>\n 	<li>Lemon Thyme</li>\n 	<li>Coriander (Cilantro)</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>STEP #4 – Caring for your windowsill garden</h2>\nYour windowsill garden should be nurtured just the same as your normal outdoor garden. Your herbs will require fertilising throughout their growing season – opt for foliar fertilisers over normal fertilisers although a once-per-year application of a slow-release should give them a boost. They will require fertiliser applications every 4-6 weeks.\n\nAs previously mentioned watering is an important component too and should be overseen with some vigour. Too much and you will cause problems and too little may damage these delicate plants beyond repair within a single day. The soil should be just moist to touch and the underlying saucer should have very little water in it passed one day.\n\nTo encourage new growth you will also need to prune your windowsill herbs regularly.', 'Starting a Windowsill Herb Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '705-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:54:01', '2021-11-03 13:54:01', '', 705, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=709', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(710, 1, '2006-02-06 09:54:00', '2006-02-06 14:54:00', 'So, you have all these herbs growing but apart from using them in your cooking what else can you do with them?\n\nHaving herbs growing in the garden is certainly great, not only aesthetically pleasing but also versatile for using in your cooking. But there is another use – herbal tea. I’m not a big tea drinker, give me a large Dome macchiato anyday, but I do like the spontaneous cup of herbal.\n\nMost teas come from the leaves of the <em>camellia sinensis</em> but herbal teas come from their namesake – herbs. Herbal teas can be made from dried or fresh herbs and can be a mixture or just a single herb. Which ones can you use and which ones will put you in hospital? Read on for links to some great sites and helpful info…\n\n<span id=\"more-684\"></span><strong>Backyard Herbal Teas</strong> <em>[link since removed]</em> are where we’re all coming from – being able to make teas out of the herbs we have or desire to grow. Another quick article with a few herbal tea ingredients is <a href=\"http://www.hgtv.com/hgtv/gl_herbs/article/0,1785,HGTV_3595_1381285,00.html\" target=\"blank\" rel=\"noopener\">this article</a>.\n\nSeptember 11 saw the start of National Herb Medicine Week here in Oz and the 7 Sunrise Team got on the bandwagon touting a couple of their own remedies as well.\n\nApart from using the plants that we grow for our own relaxation purposes it also seems that there are many benefits to drinking herbal tea as well. As gardener’s though, we need to realise that there isn’t conclusive evidence to support many of these claims but regardless of the research, drinking tea made from your own herbs can’t be a bad thing.', 'Herbal Teas', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'herbal-teas', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:56:59', '2021-11-03 13:56:59', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=710', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(711, 1, '2021-11-03 09:56:00', '2021-11-03 13:56:00', 'So, you have all these herbs growing but apart from using them in your cooking what else can you do with them?\n\nHaving herbs growing in the garden is certainly great, not only aesthetically pleasing but also versatile for using in your cooking. But there is another use – herbal tea. I’m not a big tea drinker, give me a large Dome macchiato anyday, but I do like the spontaneous cup of herbal.\n\nMost teas come from the leaves of the <em>camellia sinensis</em> but herbal teas come from their namesake – herbs. Herbal teas can be made from dried or fresh herbs and can be a mixture or just a single herb. Which ones can you use and which ones will put you in hospital? Read on for links to some great sites and helpful info…\n\n<span id=\"more-684\"></span><strong>Backyard Herbal Teas</strong> <em>[link since removed]</em> are where we’re all coming from – being able to make teas out of the herbs we have or desire to grow. Another quick article with a few herbal tea ingredients is <a href=\"http://www.hgtv.com/hgtv/gl_herbs/article/0,1785,HGTV_3595_1381285,00.html\" target=\"blank\" rel=\"noopener\">this article</a>.\n\nSeptember 11 saw the start of National Herb Medicine Week here in Oz and the <a href=\"http://seven.com.au/sunrise/fact_050911_herbaltea\" target=\"blank\" rel=\"noopener\">7 Sunrise Team</a> got on the bandwagon touting a couple of their own remedies as well.\n\nApart from using the plants that we grow for our own relaxation purposes it also seems that there are many <a href=\"http://www.betterhealth.vic.gov.au/bhcv2/bhcarticles.nsf/pages/Tea_leaves_and_health?OpenDocument\" target=\"blank\" rel=\"noopener\">benefits</a> to drinking herbal tea as well. As gardener’s though, we need to realise that there isn’t conclusive evidence to support many of these claims but regardless of the research, drinking tea made from your own herbs can’t be a bad thing.', 'Herbal Teas', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '710-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:56:00', '2021-11-03 13:56:00', '', 710, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=711', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(712, 1, '2021-11-03 09:56:17', '2021-11-03 13:56:17', 'Growing herbs is a wonderful, and practical, use of your gardening space. They lend themselves so well to almost any garden and emit gorgeous fragrances into the air as well as infuse into your morning cup of <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/herbal-teas/\">herbal tea</a> or throughout your favourite culinary masterpiece.\n\n[toc]\n\nYet often the herb garden is kept outdoors and depending on your climate may only be harvestable during the warmer months. So it makes sense to bring them indoors and start your own windowsill herb garden.\n<h2>STEP #1 – Finding an appropriate windowsill</h2>\nThe best place may seem like the kitchen but it all depends on which windowsill gets the most sun. For southern hemisphereans you will need a window with a north-facing aspect while northerners will need a southerly aspect. A window facing in this direction will get the most sun thoughout the day and produce the much needed light for your herb garden to grow.\n\nThe windowsill garden will need at least 4-6 hours of sunlight per day so choose wisely the right windowsill.\n\nIf your pots still aren’t getting enough warmth from the limited sunlight you may want to consider covering your herbs with a <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/instant-garden-cloche/\">garden cloche</a>. This will create another level of humidity and warmth to keep your plants growing.\n<h2>STEP #2 – Choosing your windowsill containers</h2>\nAlmost any container will suffice for the windowsill garden provided it won’t melt in the sunlight and offers ample drainage. If your winters are very cold I would suggest using terracotta pots instead of plastic as the clay will warm with the sun and insulate the potting medium overnight.\n\nDrainage is an important factor for your windowsill plants so you might want to provide reservoir bowls or saucers under each pot or container. These will also give you some indication as to when your plants require more water.\n\nIf your containers don’t drain well then they will harm the growth pattern of your herbs and possibly stunt them or allow fungal diseases to be introduced.\n<h2>STEP #3 – Selecting appropriate windowsill herbs</h2>\nJust because you’ve created a windowsill herb garden doesn’t mean that any herbs are appropriate. Plants such as fennel, dill and comfrey should all be relegated to the outdoors garden due to their size.\n\nHowever, this shouldn’t limit your options as there are many plants that will grow well indoors on your windowsill. Here are a few;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Basil</li>\n 	<li>Oregano</li>\n 	<li>Marjoram</li>\n 	<li>Vietnamese Mint</li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/10/growing_borage.html\">Borage</a></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/11/how_not_to_grow_peppermint.html\">Peppermint</a></li>\n 	<li>Tansy</li>\n 	<li>Chamomile</li>\n 	<li>Parsley</li>\n 	<li>Yarrow</li>\n 	<li>Lemon Thyme</li>\n 	<li>Coriander (Cilantro)</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>STEP #4 – Caring for your windowsill garden</h2>\nYour windowsill garden should be nurtured just the same as your normal outdoor garden. Your herbs will require fertilising throughout their growing season – opt for foliar fertilisers over normal fertilisers although a once-per-year application of a slow-release should give them a boost. They will require fertiliser applications every 4-6 weeks.\n\nAs previously mentioned watering is an important component too and should be overseen with some vigour. Too much and you will cause problems and too little may damage these delicate plants beyond repair within a single day. The soil should be just moist to touch and the underlying saucer should have very little water in it passed one day.\n\nTo encourage new growth you will also need to prune your windowsill herbs regularly.', 'Starting a Windowsill Herb Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '705-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:56:17', '2021-11-03 13:56:17', '', 705, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=712', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(713, 1, '2021-11-03 09:56:58', '2021-11-03 13:56:58', 'So, you have all these herbs growing but apart from using them in your cooking what else can you do with them?\n\nHaving herbs growing in the garden is certainly great, not only aesthetically pleasing but also versatile for using in your cooking. But there is another use – herbal tea. I’m not a big tea drinker, give me a large Dome macchiato anyday, but I do like the spontaneous cup of herbal.\n\nMost teas come from the leaves of the <em>camellia sinensis</em> but herbal teas come from their namesake – herbs. Herbal teas can be made from dried or fresh herbs and can be a mixture or just a single herb. Which ones can you use and which ones will put you in hospital? Read on for links to some great sites and helpful info…\n\n<span id=\"more-684\"></span><strong>Backyard Herbal Teas</strong> <em>[link since removed]</em> are where we’re all coming from – being able to make teas out of the herbs we have or desire to grow. Another quick article with a few herbal tea ingredients is <a href=\"http://www.hgtv.com/hgtv/gl_herbs/article/0,1785,HGTV_3595_1381285,00.html\" target=\"blank\" rel=\"noopener\">this article</a>.\n\nSeptember 11 saw the start of National Herb Medicine Week here in Oz and the 7 Sunrise Team got on the bandwagon touting a couple of their own remedies as well.\n\nApart from using the plants that we grow for our own relaxation purposes it also seems that there are many benefits to drinking herbal tea as well. As gardener’s though, we need to realise that there isn’t conclusive evidence to support many of these claims but regardless of the research, drinking tea made from your own herbs can’t be a bad thing.', 'Herbal Teas', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '710-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:56:58', '2021-11-03 13:56:58', '', 710, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=713', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(714, 1, '2006-11-07 09:57:00', '2006-11-07 14:57:00', 'By far one of the most invasive herbs you could ever plant is mint. Any mint. Peppermint, Chocolate Mint, Apple Mint, Common Mint, Ginger Mint or any other derivative. They will seduce you into finding a spare sod of soil and reward you almost immediately with lush green leaves and a bushy habit that tells you all is OK.\n\nWell it’s not OK. There is a more sinister plot in hand that was unleashed the moment you introduced your peppermint into the garden bed. It’s a plan bent on evil and control.\n\nPeppermint, and any other varietal, wants control of your garden. And it’s not prepared to settle for only a piece of the action. It wants it all!\n\nIf you’ve ever grown peppermint you will know what I’m talking about. This plant hates being confined – but must!\n\nGrowing peppermint is all about rules. If you break them then you reap the consequences. If you adhere to them you will be rewarded year after year with a bounty bordering on over-abundance.\n<h2>How NOT to grow peppermint</h2>\n1. Never grow peppermint in a pot. It dislikes being confined and would much rather be out playing with the other plants.\n2. Keep watering to a minimum. Peppermint thrives in drought areas and will wither and die if it’s given too much water.\n3. At the end of its growing season, never repot peppermint as it will be just as vigorous as the previous year.\n4. Give peppermint lots of shade. In fact, the more shade the happier your plant will be.\n\nIf you do exactly the opposite you’ll find that peppermint, and any other mint, will thrive in your garden. Just never plant it in your garden beds without a serious barrier to contain it.\n<h2>The origins of Peppermint</h2>\nPeppermint (and the mint family) originated from the Mediterannean regions. While all mints belong to the same family, they also include oregano, marjoram and sage except these herbs can be grown in your garden beds without fear of taking over.\n\nThe peppermint plant is a hardy perennial and can flower in pinks, whites and blues.\n\nIts main use is culinary and is often found in desserts or herbal teas. The leaves can be crushed to excrete their oil which is often used as a flavouring or in perfume essences.\n<h2>Propagating Pepppermint</h2>\nPeppermint can be grown from seeds collected as the flowers dry. These can be sown in a seed-raising mix in late winter or early spring and planted out (in a container) when the plants are about 10cm tall.\n\nYou can also propagate peppermint from root cuttings and you will find this process much easier and more successful than planting from seed. Take the cutting leaving a small root ball attached and repot into a smaller container. Feed and water well.', 'How NOT to Grow Peppermint', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-not-to-grow-peppermint', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:58:25', '2021-11-03 13:58:25', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=714', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(715, 1, '2021-11-03 09:58:24', '2021-11-03 13:58:24', 'By far one of the most invasive herbs you could ever plant is mint. Any mint. Peppermint, Chocolate Mint, Apple Mint, Common Mint, Ginger Mint or any other derivative. They will seduce you into finding a spare sod of soil and reward you almost immediately with lush green leaves and a bushy habit that tells you all is OK.\n\nWell it’s not OK. There is a more sinister plot in hand that was unleashed the moment you introduced your peppermint into the garden bed. It’s a plan bent on evil and control.\n\nPeppermint, and any other varietal, wants control of your garden. And it’s not prepared to settle for only a piece of the action. It wants it all!\n\nIf you’ve ever grown peppermint you will know what I’m talking about. This plant hates being confined – but must!\n\nGrowing peppermint is all about rules. If you break them then you reap the consequences. If you adhere to them you will be rewarded year after year with a bounty bordering on over-abundance.\n<h2>How NOT to grow peppermint</h2>\n1. Never grow peppermint in a pot. It dislikes being confined and would much rather be out playing with the other plants.\n2. Keep watering to a minimum. Peppermint thrives in drought areas and will wither and die if it’s given too much water.\n3. At the end of its growing season, never repot peppermint as it will be just as vigorous as the previous year.\n4. Give peppermint lots of shade. In fact, the more shade the happier your plant will be.\n\nIf you do exactly the opposite you’ll find that peppermint, and any other mint, will thrive in your garden. Just never plant it in your garden beds without a serious barrier to contain it.\n<h2>The origins of Peppermint</h2>\nPeppermint (and the mint family) originated from the Mediterannean regions. While all mints belong to the same family, they also include oregano, marjoram and sage except these herbs can be grown in your garden beds without fear of taking over.\n\nThe peppermint plant is a hardy perennial and can flower in pinks, whites and blues.\n\nIts main use is culinary and is often found in desserts or herbal teas. The leaves can be crushed to excrete their oil which is often used as a flavouring or in perfume essences.\n<h2>Propagating Pepppermint</h2>\nPeppermint can be grown from seeds collected as the flowers dry. These can be sown in a seed-raising mix in late winter or early spring and planted out (in a container) when the plants are about 10cm tall.\n\nYou can also propagate peppermint from root cuttings and you will find this process much easier and more successful than planting from seed. Take the cutting leaving a small root ball attached and repot into a smaller container. Feed and water well.', 'How NOT to Grow Peppermint', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '714-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:58:24', '2021-11-03 13:58:24', '', 714, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=715', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(716, 1, '2021-11-03 09:59:03', '2021-11-03 13:59:03', 'Growing herbs is a wonderful, and practical, use of your gardening space. They lend themselves so well to almost any garden and emit gorgeous fragrances into the air as well as infuse into your morning cup of <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/herbal-teas/\">herbal tea</a> or throughout your favourite culinary masterpiece.\n\n[toc]\n\nYet often the herb garden is kept outdoors and depending on your climate may only be harvestable during the warmer months. So it makes sense to bring them indoors and start your own windowsill herb garden.\n<h2>STEP #1 – Finding an appropriate windowsill</h2>\nThe best place may seem like the kitchen but it all depends on which windowsill gets the most sun. For southern hemisphereans you will need a window with a north-facing aspect while northerners will need a southerly aspect. A window facing in this direction will get the most sun thoughout the day and produce the much needed light for your herb garden to grow.\n\nThe windowsill garden will need at least 4-6 hours of sunlight per day so choose wisely the right windowsill.\n\nIf your pots still aren’t getting enough warmth from the limited sunlight you may want to consider covering your herbs with a <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/instant-garden-cloche/\">garden cloche</a>. This will create another level of humidity and warmth to keep your plants growing.\n<h2>STEP #2 – Choosing your windowsill containers</h2>\nAlmost any container will suffice for the windowsill garden provided it won’t melt in the sunlight and offers ample drainage. If your winters are very cold I would suggest using terracotta pots instead of plastic as the clay will warm with the sun and insulate the potting medium overnight.\n\nDrainage is an important factor for your windowsill plants so you might want to provide reservoir bowls or saucers under each pot or container. These will also give you some indication as to when your plants require more water.\n\nIf your containers don’t drain well then they will harm the growth pattern of your herbs and possibly stunt them or allow fungal diseases to be introduced.\n<h2>STEP #3 – Selecting appropriate windowsill herbs</h2>\nJust because you’ve created a windowsill herb garden doesn’t mean that any herbs are appropriate. Plants such as fennel, dill and comfrey should all be relegated to the outdoors garden due to their size.\n\nHowever, this shouldn’t limit your options as there are many plants that will grow well indoors on your windowsill. Here are a few;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Basil</li>\n 	<li>Oregano</li>\n 	<li>Marjoram</li>\n 	<li>Vietnamese Mint</li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/10/growing_borage.html\">Borage</a></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-not-to-grow-peppermint/\">Peppermint</a></li>\n 	<li>Tansy</li>\n 	<li>Chamomile</li>\n 	<li>Parsley</li>\n 	<li>Yarrow</li>\n 	<li>Lemon Thyme</li>\n 	<li>Coriander (Cilantro)</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>STEP #4 – Caring for your windowsill garden</h2>\nYour windowsill garden should be nurtured just the same as your normal outdoor garden. Your herbs will require fertilising throughout their growing season – opt for foliar fertilisers over normal fertilisers although a once-per-year application of a slow-release should give them a boost. They will require fertiliser applications every 4-6 weeks.\n\nAs previously mentioned watering is an important component too and should be overseen with some vigour. Too much and you will cause problems and too little may damage these delicate plants beyond repair within a single day. The soil should be just moist to touch and the underlying saucer should have very little water in it passed one day.\n\nTo encourage new growth you will also need to prune your windowsill herbs regularly.', 'Starting a Windowsill Herb Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '705-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 09:59:03', '2021-11-03 13:59:03', '', 705, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=716', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(717, 1, '2006-10-27 09:59:00', '2006-10-27 13:59:00', 'One of my favourite herbs to grow is borage. In fact, I would go so far as stating that I couldn’t have a herb garden without borage in it.\n\nBorage is one of those unusual herbs that suffer from an ugly ducking identity crisis. It grows alongside basil, oregano, marjoram and all the usual favourites yet it can’t be used in the way that these others are. You would never finely chop some borage leaf and combine it with your pasta dish. Or take some of its leaves and infuse for an herbal tea.\n\n[toc]\n\nNo, borage is not one of those herbs.\n\nIt has it’s own distinct benefits and hopefully I will convince you that it needs to be incorporated in your garden too.\n<h2>The Benefits of Borage</h2>\nWhile the leaves of the borage herb aren’t exceptionally tasty and won’t flavour your dish like most aromatic herbs they do have one thing going for them. Their flowers! If you’ve ever seen borage flowers you will understand what I mean. Fragile, star-shaped blue petals with a black spear-pointing centre make an incredible statement when they begin to bloom in late spring through early autumn.\n\nNot only are they amazing to look at and enjoy they make a great accompaniment in salads and can even be candied to garnish desserts. They have a mild peppery flavour that adds an extra taste to your salad as well as making it look unique.\n<h2>But, what about those leaves?</h2>\nCan anything be done with those borage leaves? Sure. Much like comfrey and yarrow, borage leaves are a great compost activator helping to speed up the composting process.\n\nThere are many medicinal uses for borage as well. Borage’s main identity in this area hinges on its use for stress relief. While the leaves aren’t exceptionally tasty they can be made into a herbal tea useful for relaxation and calming. They have also been used as an infusion for mothers who are struggling to breast-feed.\n<h2>Are there any other uses for Borage?</h2>\nBorage seeds are also being used extensively for their oil, which also has medicinal purposes. Borage oil’s characteristics have been shown to be excellent as an anti-inflammatory mediator and have been successful in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. If you’re looking for more facts on borage oil search here…<em>[Link since removed]</em>\n<h2>How to grow Borage</h2>\nThis is not a difficult herb to grow at all. The photo at the top of this post is all my new seedlings coming up after I pulled out last season’s plants. I haven’t done anything special to prepare the soil for these plants apart from regular watering. They just self-seed year after year.\n\nBorage prefers a well-drained soil and grows well in full-sun to part-shade. It prefers a slightly acidic soil and should be treated as an annual.', 'Growing Borage', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'growing-borage', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:00:37', '2021-11-03 14:00:37', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=717', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(718, 1, '2021-11-03 10:00:36', '2021-11-03 14:00:36', 'One of my favourite herbs to grow is borage. In fact, I would go so far as stating that I couldn’t have a herb garden without borage in it.\n\nBorage is one of those unusual herbs that suffer from an ugly ducking identity crisis. It grows alongside basil, oregano, marjoram and all the usual favourites yet it can’t be used in the way that these others are. You would never finely chop some borage leaf and combine it with your pasta dish. Or take some of its leaves and infuse for an herbal tea.\n\n[toc]\n\nNo, borage is not one of those herbs.\n\nIt has it’s own distinct benefits and hopefully I will convince you that it needs to be incorporated in your garden too.\n<h2>The Benefits of Borage</h2>\nWhile the leaves of the borage herb aren’t exceptionally tasty and won’t flavour your dish like most aromatic herbs they do have one thing going for them. Their flowers! If you’ve ever seen borage flowers you will understand what I mean. Fragile, star-shaped blue petals with a black spear-pointing centre make an incredible statement when they begin to bloom in late spring through early autumn.\n\nNot only are they amazing to look at and enjoy they make a great accompaniment in salads and can even be candied to garnish desserts. They have a mild peppery flavour that adds an extra taste to your salad as well as making it look unique.\n<h2>But, what about those leaves?</h2>\nCan anything be done with those borage leaves? Sure. Much like comfrey and yarrow, borage leaves are a great compost activator helping to speed up the composting process.\n\nThere are many medicinal uses for borage as well. Borage’s main identity in this area hinges on its use for stress relief. While the leaves aren’t exceptionally tasty they can be made into a herbal tea useful for relaxation and calming. They have also been used as an infusion for mothers who are struggling to breast-feed.\n<h2>Are there any other uses for Borage?</h2>\nBorage seeds are also being used extensively for their oil, which also has medicinal purposes. Borage oil’s characteristics have been shown to be excellent as an anti-inflammatory mediator and have been successful in the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. If you’re looking for more facts on borage oil search here…<em>[Link since removed]</em>\n<h2>How to grow Borage</h2>\nThis is not a difficult herb to grow at all. The photo at the top of this post is all my new seedlings coming up after I pulled out last season’s plants. I haven’t done anything special to prepare the soil for these plants apart from regular watering. They just self-seed year after year.\n\nBorage prefers a well-drained soil and grows well in full-sun to part-shade. It prefers a slightly acidic soil and should be treated as an annual.', 'Growing Borage', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '717-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:00:36', '2021-11-03 14:00:36', '', 717, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=718', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(719, 1, '2021-11-03 10:00:50', '2021-11-03 14:00:50', 'Growing herbs is a wonderful, and practical, use of your gardening space. They lend themselves so well to almost any garden and emit gorgeous fragrances into the air as well as infuse into your morning cup of <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/herbal-teas/\">herbal tea</a> or throughout your favourite culinary masterpiece.\n\n[toc]\n\nYet often the herb garden is kept outdoors and depending on your climate may only be harvestable during the warmer months. So it makes sense to bring them indoors and start your own windowsill herb garden.\n<h2>STEP #1 – Finding an appropriate windowsill</h2>\nThe best place may seem like the kitchen but it all depends on which windowsill gets the most sun. For southern hemisphereans you will need a window with a north-facing aspect while northerners will need a southerly aspect. A window facing in this direction will get the most sun thoughout the day and produce the much needed light for your herb garden to grow.\n\nThe windowsill garden will need at least 4-6 hours of sunlight per day so choose wisely the right windowsill.\n\nIf your pots still aren’t getting enough warmth from the limited sunlight you may want to consider covering your herbs with a <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/instant-garden-cloche/\">garden cloche</a>. This will create another level of humidity and warmth to keep your plants growing.\n<h2>STEP #2 – Choosing your windowsill containers</h2>\nAlmost any container will suffice for the windowsill garden provided it won’t melt in the sunlight and offers ample drainage. If your winters are very cold I would suggest using terracotta pots instead of plastic as the clay will warm with the sun and insulate the potting medium overnight.\n\nDrainage is an important factor for your windowsill plants so you might want to provide reservoir bowls or saucers under each pot or container. These will also give you some indication as to when your plants require more water.\n\nIf your containers don’t drain well then they will harm the growth pattern of your herbs and possibly stunt them or allow fungal diseases to be introduced.\n<h2>STEP #3 – Selecting appropriate windowsill herbs</h2>\nJust because you’ve created a windowsill herb garden doesn’t mean that any herbs are appropriate. Plants such as fennel, dill and comfrey should all be relegated to the outdoors garden due to their size.\n\nHowever, this shouldn’t limit your options as there are many plants that will grow well indoors on your windowsill. Here are a few;\n<ul>\n 	<li>Basil</li>\n 	<li>Oregano</li>\n 	<li>Marjoram</li>\n 	<li>Vietnamese Mint</li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/growing-borage/\">Borage</a></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/how-not-to-grow-peppermint/\">Peppermint</a></li>\n 	<li>Tansy</li>\n 	<li>Chamomile</li>\n 	<li>Parsley</li>\n 	<li>Yarrow</li>\n 	<li>Lemon Thyme</li>\n 	<li>Coriander (Cilantro)</li>\n</ul>\n<h2>STEP #4 – Caring for your windowsill garden</h2>\nYour windowsill garden should be nurtured just the same as your normal outdoor garden. Your herbs will require fertilising throughout their growing season – opt for foliar fertilisers over normal fertilisers although a once-per-year application of a slow-release should give them a boost. They will require fertiliser applications every 4-6 weeks.\n\nAs previously mentioned watering is an important component too and should be overseen with some vigour. Too much and you will cause problems and too little may damage these delicate plants beyond repair within a single day. The soil should be just moist to touch and the underlying saucer should have very little water in it passed one day.\n\nTo encourage new growth you will also need to prune your windowsill herbs regularly.', 'Starting a Windowsill Herb Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '705-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:00:50', '2021-11-03 14:00:50', '', 705, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=719', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(720, 1, '2009-11-05 10:01:00', '2009-11-05 15:01:00', 'Window shades and blinds seem to go against the grain of natural thinking. Firstly, they’re usually made from non-organic materials and secondly they exhibit that the homeowner has taken little thought for their garden planning. A few well-located deciduous trees or vines and shade on your windows will be your last concern.\n\nFor instance, our main bedroom faces west where we get all the afternoon sun in the warmer months that could turn the room into a sauna. Instead, we planted a trio of silver birches that act as natural window shades during the summer yet allow warmth into the room in winter. And, the best part is that they require very little maintenance – if any at all.\n\nThere are very few situations where a deciduous tree or creeper couldn’t help shade your windows. Even in an apartment an overhanging trellis could easily accomodate a creeper that offers relief during summer.\n\nWindow shades can be quite expensive, especially if the most of your windows are facing east or west. On the other hand, the alternative option – planting and growing a deciduous tree to offer shade can cost as little as $50 (maybe less) per window – that’s some very cheap window shades. The ongoing maintenance off your window shades is also another concern and can be quite time-consuming. Compare that with raking a few leaves and the odds are certainly stacking up in the non-evergreen’s corner.\n<h2>Bamboo window shades</h2>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-721\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/bamboo-window-shades.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"238\">For those who don’t have room outside their windows to plant trees or vines, the next best option is selecting blinds that come from organic sources. Many shades are constructed from aluminium or non-renewable hardwood timbers adding to the environmental woes.\n\nHowever, there are some smart operators that now offer bamboo window shades constructed entirely from renewable, organic bamboo. They’re tough enough to last as long as hardwood timbers and still light enough to give aluminium a run for its money.\n\nHunter Douglas window shades are one company that not only offers bamboo as an option but also create reed, grass and natural replaceable woods. But, they’re not the only ones. Many are now moving away from materials that can’t be accessed organically and along with their fabric blinds offer consumers more choice in keeping their homes environmentally friendly.\n<h2>Honeycomb window shades</h2>\nHoneycomb window shades are another organic blind for a very different reason. They take the natural honeycomb shape and apply it to their window shades which offers a vast reduction in energy loss from the window itself. Also known as cell window shades, these blinds offer a hexagonal core flute that reduces the loss of warmth in the home and keeps it cool in winter.\n\nThis is a novel idea as it mimics natural ideas offering incredible results.', 'Organic Window Shades', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'organic-window-shades', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:06:04', '2021-11-03 14:06:04', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=720', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(721, 1, '2021-11-03 10:02:48', '2021-11-03 14:02:48', '', 'bamboo-window-shades', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'bamboo-window-shades', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:02:48', '2021-11-03 14:02:48', '', 720, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/bamboo-window-shades.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(723, 1, '2021-11-03 10:04:47', '2021-11-03 14:04:47', 'Window shades and blinds seem to go against the grain of natural thinking. Firstly, they’re usually made from non-organic materials and secondly they exhibit that the homeowner has taken little thought for their garden planning. A few well-located deciduous trees or vines and shade on your windows will be your last concern.\n\nFor instance, our main bedroom faces west where we get all the afternoon sun in the warmer months that could turn the room into a sauna. Instead, we planted a trio of silver birches that act as natural window shades during the summer yet allow warmth into the room in winter. And, the best part is that they require very little maintenance – if any at all.\n\nThere are very few situations where a deciduous tree or creeper couldn’t help shade your windows. Even in an apartment an overhanging trellis could easily accomodate a creeper that offers relief during summer.\n\nWindow shades can be quite expensive, especially if the most of your windows are facing east or west. On the other hand, the alternative option – planting and growing a deciduous tree to offer shade can cost as little as $50 (maybe less) per window – that’s some very cheap window shades. The ongoing maintenance off your window shades is also another concern and can be quite time-consuming. Compare that with raking a few leaves and the odds are certainly stacking up in the non-evergreen’s corner.\n<h2>Bamboo window shades</h2>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-721\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/bamboo-window-shades.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"238\" />For those who don’t have room outside their windows to plant trees or vines, the next best option is selecting blinds that come from organic sources. Many shades are constructed from aluminium or non-renewable hardwood timbers adding to the environmental woes.\n\nHowever, there are some smart operators that now offer bamboo window shades constructed entirely from renewable, organic bamboo. They’re tough enough to last as long as hardwood timbers and still light enough to give aluminium a run for its money.\n\nHunter Douglas window shades are one company that not only offers bamboo as an option but also create reed, grass and natural replaceable woods. But, they’re not the only ones. Many are now moving away from materials that can’t be accessed organically and along with their fabric blinds offer consumers more choice in keeping their homes environmentally friendly.\n<h2>Honeycomb window shades</h2>\nHoneycomb window shades are another organic blind for a very different reason. They take the natural honeycomb shape and apply it to their window shades which offers a vast reduction in energy loss from the window itself. Also known as cell window shades, these blinds offer a hexagonal core flute that reduces the loss of warmth in the home and keeps it cool in winter.\n\nThis is a novel idea as it mimics natural ideas offering incredible results.', 'Organic Window Shades', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '720-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:04:47', '2021-11-03 14:04:47', '', 720, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=723', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(724, 1, '2021-11-03 10:05:59', '2021-11-03 14:05:59', '', 'Organic Window Shades', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'organic-window-shades-2', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:06:02', '2021-11-03 14:06:02', '', 720, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2009/11/Organic-Window-Shades.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(725, 1, '2021-11-03 10:06:03', '2021-11-03 14:06:03', 'Window shades and blinds seem to go against the grain of natural thinking. Firstly, they’re usually made from non-organic materials and secondly they exhibit that the homeowner has taken little thought for their garden planning. A few well-located deciduous trees or vines and shade on your windows will be your last concern.\n\nFor instance, our main bedroom faces west where we get all the afternoon sun in the warmer months that could turn the room into a sauna. Instead, we planted a trio of silver birches that act as natural window shades during the summer yet allow warmth into the room in winter. And, the best part is that they require very little maintenance – if any at all.\n\nThere are very few situations where a deciduous tree or creeper couldn’t help shade your windows. Even in an apartment an overhanging trellis could easily accomodate a creeper that offers relief during summer.\n\nWindow shades can be quite expensive, especially if the most of your windows are facing east or west. On the other hand, the alternative option – planting and growing a deciduous tree to offer shade can cost as little as $50 (maybe less) per window – that’s some very cheap window shades. The ongoing maintenance off your window shades is also another concern and can be quite time-consuming. Compare that with raking a few leaves and the odds are certainly stacking up in the non-evergreen’s corner.\n<h2>Bamboo window shades</h2>\n<img class=\"alignleft size-full wp-image-721\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/bamboo-window-shades.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"238\">For those who don’t have room outside their windows to plant trees or vines, the next best option is selecting blinds that come from organic sources. Many shades are constructed from aluminium or non-renewable hardwood timbers adding to the environmental woes.\n\nHowever, there are some smart operators that now offer bamboo window shades constructed entirely from renewable, organic bamboo. They’re tough enough to last as long as hardwood timbers and still light enough to give aluminium a run for its money.\n\nHunter Douglas window shades are one company that not only offers bamboo as an option but also create reed, grass and natural replaceable woods. But, they’re not the only ones. Many are now moving away from materials that can’t be accessed organically and along with their fabric blinds offer consumers more choice in keeping their homes environmentally friendly.\n<h2>Honeycomb window shades</h2>\nHoneycomb window shades are another organic blind for a very different reason. They take the natural honeycomb shape and apply it to their window shades which offers a vast reduction in energy loss from the window itself. Also known as cell window shades, these blinds offer a hexagonal core flute that reduces the loss of warmth in the home and keeps it cool in winter.\n\nThis is a novel idea as it mimics natural ideas offering incredible results.', 'Organic Window Shades', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '720-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:06:03', '2021-11-03 14:06:03', '', 720, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=725', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(726, 1, '2009-10-20 10:06:00', '2009-10-20 14:06:00', 'A german artist, Ottmar Hörl, has recently completed a project now exhibited in the Straubing town square. The display consists of 1250 garden gnomes all saluting an invisible Führer aimed at raising debate that fascist ideas still abound in the country. While Hörl isn\'t necessarily seeking dissension, he warmly welcomes the ensuing debate.\n\nMost of the nazi garden gnomes, appropriately titled the \"Poisoned Gnome\", are made from black plastic but there are 20 that are also painted gold. Set out en masse throughout the public display it must be a formidable vision to behold and one that obviously begs controversy.\n\nWhile Hörl doesn\'t want to inflict his own ideologies on to his viewing patrons he does make this poignant remark;\n<blockquote>The Poisoned Gnome reminds us that people can coalesce into large and dangerous groups if rituals and gestures are used that under certain conditions are more signs of contempt rather than being socially beneficial.</blockquote>\nCertainly one can see that he is hiding from the debate (sic).\n\nRegardless of the political views expressed, or not expressed - whatever the case may be, these darling little nazi gnomes will be available for sale via <a href=\"http://www.ottmarhoerl.de/sites/english/index.php?ver=2\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Hörl\'s website</a> once the display is finished. They will retail for 45 euros or signed by Hörl for 120 euros.\n\nThe big question is, \"Will you be putting one in your garden?\"\n\n<em>Source: <a href=\"http://www.dw-world.de/dw/article/0,,4790555,00.html\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Deutsche Welle</a></em>', 'Will you be buying a Nazi Garden Gnome?', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'buy-nazi-garden-gnome', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:09:44', '2021-11-03 14:09:44', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=726', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(727, 1, '2021-11-03 10:08:03', '2021-11-03 14:08:03', '', 'Garden Gnome', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'garden-gnome', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:08:06', '2021-11-03 14:08:06', '', 726, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Garden-Gnome.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(728, 1, '2021-11-03 10:09:14', '2021-11-03 14:09:14', 'A german artist, Ottmar Hörl, has recently completed a project now exhibited in the Straubing town square. The display consists of 1250 garden gnomes all saluting an invisible Führer aimed at raising debate that fascist ideas still abound in the country. While Hörl isn\'t necessarily seeking dissension, he warmly welcomes the ensuing debate.\n\nMost of the nazi garden gnomes, appropriately titled the \"Poisoned Gnome\", are made from black plastic but there are 20 that are also painted gold. Set out en masse throughout the public display it must be a formidable vision to behold and one that obviously begs controversy.\n\nWhile Hörl doesn\'t want to inflict his own ideologies on to his viewing patrons he does make this poignant remark;\n<blockquote>The Poisoned Gnome reminds us that people can coalesce into large and dangerous groups if rituals and gestures are used that under certain conditions are more signs of contempt rather than being socially beneficial.</blockquote>\nCertainly one can see that he is hiding from the debate (sic).\n\nRegardless of the political views expressed, or not expressed - whatever the case may be, these darling little nazi gnomes will be available for sale via <a href=\"http://www.ottmarhoerl.de/sites/english/index.php?ver=2\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Hörl\'s website</a> once the display is finished. They will retail for 45 euros or signed by Hörl for 120 euros.\n\nThe big question is, \"Will you be putting one in your garden?\"\n\n<em>Source: <a href=\"http://www.dw-world.de/dw/article/0,,4790555,00.html\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Deutsche Welle</a></em>', 'Will you be buying a Nazi Garden Gnome?', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '726-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:09:14', '2021-11-03 14:09:14', '', 726, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=728', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(730, 1, '2009-09-16 10:10:00', '2009-09-16 14:10:00', 'Ok, so you’ve installed some synthetic grass in order to cut down on the mowing, watering, fertilising and general upkeep of the traditional lawn. Even the price difference (7 -10 times more than traditional turf) didn’t deter you, knowing full well that it only came with a 6 year guarantee. Yet, compared to paving or fighting your way around the garden through loose pebbles it seemed like the best option.\n\nWhile I pride myself on my puritanical views of gardening, there is a lot to be said for synthetic grass. Sure, it will never compete with the natural version for softness, cooling effect or pollution control but once it’s been installed it really requires very little maintenance. And where it fails in transforming carbon emissions into oxygen it makes up for in reducing the heaviest carbon emitter – the lawn mower.\n\nSynthetic grass competes against paving in that it’s equally as porous as traditional lawn. Therefore, you will never find water pooling on top of it – unless your water table is as high as ours – and it won’t cause runoff problems in torrential rains. Plus, as a surface synthetic grass is still soft enough for your toddlers to play on.\n\nBut, if you think that once it’s laid it’s the end of the story – think again. Synthetic grass may be less maintenance but it’s not maintenance-free. While the mower can safely be put away, the artificial turf is still a surface that needs to remain clean. So, the <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3weykwg\">lawn blower</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0012QLVRM\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is going to become your new best friend.\n\nKeeping your synthetic grass cool in summer is going to become an issue for you as well as artificial lawn left in full-sun can get hotter than concrete by 2-5°C. Some fake lawns are even prone to fading under ultraviolet so the best way to protect them is to keep shade sails over them or covered awnings hiding it from the hottest part of the day, at least.\n\nOne of the hardest things to maintain with synthetic grass is spills and scrapes. Cordial, soft drinks, animal urine and even blood can easily be washed off but try removing chewing gum or melted lollies from your fake lawn and you could be in for quite a challenge. Plus, keeping Rover from performing No. 2′s on the artificial stuff is no small feat either.\n\nThe beauty of synthetic grass is that you can always rip it up and replace it if it gets beyond further cleaning. But at the price, it’s probably not an exercise that’s going to happen on a frequent basis.', 'How to Maintain Syanthetic Grass', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-maintain-syanthetic-grass', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:13:58', '2021-11-03 14:13:58', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=730', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(731, 1, '2021-11-03 10:12:31', '2021-11-03 14:12:31', '', 'Maintain Syanthetic Grass', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'maintain-syanthetic-grass', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:12:34', '2021-11-03 14:12:34', '', 730, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Maintain-Syanthetic-Grass.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(732, 1, '2021-11-03 10:12:49', '2021-11-03 14:12:49', 'Ok, so you’ve installed some synthetic grass in order to cut down on the mowing, watering, fertilising and general upkeep of the traditional lawn. Even the price difference (7 -10 times more than traditional turf) didn’t deter you, knowing full well that it only came with a 6 year guarantee. Yet, compared to paving or fighting your way around the garden through loose pebbles it seemed like the best option.\n\nWhile I pride myself on my puritanical views of gardening, there is a lot to be said for synthetic grass. Sure, it will never compete with the natural version for softness, cooling effect or pollution control but once it’s been installed it really requires very little maintenance. And where it fails in transforming carbon emissions into oxygen it makes up for in reducing the heaviest carbon emitter – the lawn mower.\n\nSynthetic grass competes against paving in that it’s equally as porous as traditional lawn. Therefore, you will never find water pooling on top of it – unless your water table is as high as ours – and it won’t cause runoff problems in torrential rains. Plus, as a surface synthetic grass is still soft enough for your toddlers to play on.\n\nBut, if you think that once it’s laid it’s the end of the story – think again. Synthetic grass may be less maintenance but it’s not maintenance-free. While the mower can safely be put away, the artificial turf is still a surface that needs to remain clean. So, the <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0012QLVRM?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B0012QLVRM\">lawn blower</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0012QLVRM\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is going to become your new best friend.\nKeeping your synthetic grass cool in summer is going to become an issue for you as well as artificial lawn left in full-sun can get hotter than concrete by 2-5°C. Some fake lawns are even prone to fading under ultraviolet so the best way to protect them is to keep shade sails over them or covered awnings hiding it from the hottest part of the day, at least.\n\nOne of the hardest things to maintain with synthetic grass is spills and scrapes. Cordial, soft drinks, animal urine and even blood can easily be washed off but try removing chewing gum or melted lollies from your fake lawn and you could be in for quite a challenge. Plus, keeping Rover from performing No. 2′s on the artificial stuff is no small feat either.\n\nThe beauty of synthetic grass is that you can always rip it up and replace it if it gets beyond further cleaning. But at the price, it’s probably not an exercise that’s going to happen on a frequent basis.', 'How to Maintain Syanthetic Grass', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '730-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:12:49', '2021-11-03 14:12:49', '', 730, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=732', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(733, 1, '2021-11-03 10:13:16', '2021-11-03 14:13:16', 'Ok, so you’ve installed some synthetic grass in order to cut down on the mowing, watering, fertilising and general upkeep of the traditional lawn. Even the price difference (7 -10 times more than traditional turf) didn’t deter you, knowing full well that it only came with a 6 year guarantee. Yet, compared to paving or fighting your way around the garden through loose pebbles it seemed like the best option.\n\nWhile I pride myself on my puritanical views of gardening, there is a lot to be said for synthetic grass. Sure, it will never compete with the natural version for softness, cooling effect or pollution control but once it’s been installed it really requires very little maintenance. And where it fails in transforming carbon emissions into oxygen it makes up for in reducing the heaviest carbon emitter – the lawn mower.\n\nSynthetic grass competes against paving in that it’s equally as porous as traditional lawn. Therefore, you will never find water pooling on top of it – unless your water table is as high as ours – and it won’t cause runoff problems in torrential rains. Plus, as a surface synthetic grass is still soft enough for your toddlers to play on.\n\nBut, if you think that once it’s laid it’s the end of the story – think again. Synthetic grass may be less maintenance but it’s not maintenance-free. While the mower can safely be put away, the artificial turf is still a surface that needs to remain clean. So, the <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B0012QLVRM?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B0012QLVRM\">lawn blower</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0012QLVRM\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is going to become your new best friend.\n\nKeeping your synthetic grass cool in summer is going to become an issue for you as well as artificial lawn left in full-sun can get hotter than concrete by 2-5°C. Some fake lawns are even prone to fading under ultraviolet so the best way to protect them is to keep shade sails over them or covered awnings hiding it from the hottest part of the day, at least.\n\nOne of the hardest things to maintain with synthetic grass is spills and scrapes. Cordial, soft drinks, animal urine and even blood can easily be washed off but try removing chewing gum or melted lollies from your fake lawn and you could be in for quite a challenge. Plus, keeping Rover from performing No. 2′s on the artificial stuff is no small feat either.\n\nThe beauty of synthetic grass is that you can always rip it up and replace it if it gets beyond further cleaning. But at the price, it’s probably not an exercise that’s going to happen on a frequent basis.', 'How to Maintain Syanthetic Grass', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '730-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:13:16', '2021-11-03 14:13:16', '', 730, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=733', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(734, 1, '2021-11-03 10:13:56', '2021-11-03 14:13:56', 'Ok, so you’ve installed some synthetic grass in order to cut down on the mowing, watering, fertilising and general upkeep of the traditional lawn. Even the price difference (7 -10 times more than traditional turf) didn’t deter you, knowing full well that it only came with a 6 year guarantee. Yet, compared to paving or fighting your way around the garden through loose pebbles it seemed like the best option.\n\nWhile I pride myself on my puritanical views of gardening, there is a lot to be said for synthetic grass. Sure, it will never compete with the natural version for softness, cooling effect or pollution control but once it’s been installed it really requires very little maintenance. And where it fails in transforming carbon emissions into oxygen it makes up for in reducing the heaviest carbon emitter – the lawn mower.\n\nSynthetic grass competes against paving in that it’s equally as porous as traditional lawn. Therefore, you will never find water pooling on top of it – unless your water table is as high as ours – and it won’t cause runoff problems in torrential rains. Plus, as a surface synthetic grass is still soft enough for your toddlers to play on.\n\nBut, if you think that once it’s laid it’s the end of the story – think again. Synthetic grass may be less maintenance but it’s not maintenance-free. While the mower can safely be put away, the artificial turf is still a surface that needs to remain clean. So, the <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3weykwg\">lawn blower</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B0012QLVRM\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is going to become your new best friend.\n\nKeeping your synthetic grass cool in summer is going to become an issue for you as well as artificial lawn left in full-sun can get hotter than concrete by 2-5°C. Some fake lawns are even prone to fading under ultraviolet so the best way to protect them is to keep shade sails over them or covered awnings hiding it from the hottest part of the day, at least.\n\nOne of the hardest things to maintain with synthetic grass is spills and scrapes. Cordial, soft drinks, animal urine and even blood can easily be washed off but try removing chewing gum or melted lollies from your fake lawn and you could be in for quite a challenge. Plus, keeping Rover from performing No. 2′s on the artificial stuff is no small feat either.\n\nThe beauty of synthetic grass is that you can always rip it up and replace it if it gets beyond further cleaning. But at the price, it’s probably not an exercise that’s going to happen on a frequent basis.', 'How to Maintain Syanthetic Grass', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '730-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:13:56', '2021-11-03 14:13:56', '', 730, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=734', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(735, 1, '2009-08-04 10:14:00', '2009-08-04 14:14:00', 'Camping in your own garden may not be as peculiar as it sounds – especially as hiking and tenting spots become more regulated. Pets aren’t allowed in most places. Neither is alcohol. And the all important campfire is getting squashed more and more.\n\nYour garden, on the other hand, is only legislated by the by-laws that you abide by already. Open fires may have limited seasons but in a chiminea or brazier you can easily conjure the warmth of the outdoors and sitting around an open fire.\n\nHowever, if you want to combine both your love for gardening AND camping then you may want to plan to marry these two before you get started. Once the garden has been designed and landscaped with hedges, pathways and water features it may not leave enough room for a tent, let alone a campsite.\nIf you consider the places that you are more likely to camp when enjoying the great outdoors you will notice that most of the favourite spots are treed, privately secluded but still accessible to some of the mod cons of life – ie. toilets. So, when you’re setting up your camping spot in the garden think about planting out a woodland area where you can shade your tent and the campsite.\n\nAlso, consideration for what type of trees to plant is equally as essential. Trees that tend to drop their limbs at will such as eucalypts are not a good option. While other low-growing species may just be downright annoying as their foliage scrapes against the canvas. So, trees that grow-quickly – and straight – such as birches and conifers are exceptional choices.\n\nAs you plant out your woodland, leave enough space for a clearing. While the tent can be hidden under the tree canopy you will need a clearing to position a fireplace and somewhere to sit. This area doesn’t need to be large but it does need to be big enough to accomodate you and your friends or family.\n\nIf you set up your garden to allow camping at the outset then the garden can grow without inhibiting your space. If you try to create one after the garden has been established, it will become a much tougher assignment. Regardless, creating a camping site in your garden will reward you for many years to come.\n\nHere are some resources to get you started;\n<ul>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://amzn.to/3bAwvjJ\">Columbia Cougar 8 Person Family Cabin Dome Tent</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00170JZE4\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://amzn.to/2ZJO7H4\">Eureka Folding Table</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001M5TN28\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://amzn.to/3kmWIaj\">Coleman Oversized Quad Chair </a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000MQ6736\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://amzn.to/3EBi0Zc\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Well Traveled Chiminea</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000CPIJ6A\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n</ul>', 'Camping In Your Garden', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'camping-in-your-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:19:08', '2021-11-03 14:19:08', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=735', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(736, 1, '2021-11-03 10:16:11', '2021-11-03 14:16:11', '', 'Camping in your garden', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'camping-in-your-garden', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:16:18', '2021-11-03 14:16:18', '', 735, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Camping-in-your-garden.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(737, 1, '2021-11-03 10:17:19', '2021-11-03 14:17:19', 'Camping in your own garden may not be as peculiar as it sounds – especially as hiking and tenting spots become more regulated. Pets aren’t allowed in most places. Neither is alcohol. And the all important campfire is getting squashed more and more.\n\nYour garden, on the other hand, is only legislated by the by-laws that you abide by already. Open fires may have limited seasons but in a chiminea or brazier you can easily conjure the warmth of the outdoors and sitting around an open fire.\n\nHowever, if you want to combine both your love for gardening AND camping then you may want to plan to marry these two before you get started. Once the garden has been designed and landscaped with hedges, pathways and water features it may not leave enough room for a tent, let alone a campsite.\nIf you consider the places that you are more likely to camp when enjoying the great outdoors you will notice that most of the favourite spots are treed, privately secluded but still accessible to some of the mod cons of life – ie. toilets. So, when you’re setting up your camping spot in the garden think about planting out a woodland area where you can shade your tent and the campsite.\n\nAlso, consideration for what type of trees to plant is equally as essential. Trees that tend to drop their limbs at will such as eucalypts are not a good option. While other low-growing species may just be downright annoying as their foliage scrapes against the canvas. So, trees that grow-quickly – and straight – such as birches and conifers are exceptional choices.\n\nAs you plant out your woodland, leave enough space for a clearing. While the tent can be hidden under the tree canopy you will need a clearing to position a fireplace and somewhere to sit. This area doesn’t need to be large but it does need to be big enough to accomodate you and your friends or family.\n\nIf you set up your garden to allow camping at the outset then the garden can grow without inhibiting your space. If you try to create one after the garden has been established, it will become a much tougher assignment. Regardless, creating a camping site in your garden will reward you for many years to come.\n\nHere are some resources to get you started;\n<ul>\n 	<li><a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B00170JZE4?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B00170JZE4\">Columbia Cougar 8 Person Family Cabin Dome Tent</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00170JZE4\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B001M5TN28?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B001M5TN28\">Eureka Folding Table</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001M5TN28\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000MQ6736?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B000MQ6736\">Coleman Oversized Quad Chair </a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000MQ6736\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000CPIJ6A?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B000CPIJ6A\">Well Traveled Chiminea</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000CPIJ6A\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n</ul>', 'Camping In Your Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '735-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:17:19', '2021-11-03 14:17:19', '', 735, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=737', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(738, 1, '2021-11-03 10:19:07', '2021-11-03 14:19:07', 'Camping in your own garden may not be as peculiar as it sounds – especially as hiking and tenting spots become more regulated. Pets aren’t allowed in most places. Neither is alcohol. And the all important campfire is getting squashed more and more.\n\nYour garden, on the other hand, is only legislated by the by-laws that you abide by already. Open fires may have limited seasons but in a chiminea or brazier you can easily conjure the warmth of the outdoors and sitting around an open fire.\n\nHowever, if you want to combine both your love for gardening AND camping then you may want to plan to marry these two before you get started. Once the garden has been designed and landscaped with hedges, pathways and water features it may not leave enough room for a tent, let alone a campsite.\nIf you consider the places that you are more likely to camp when enjoying the great outdoors you will notice that most of the favourite spots are treed, privately secluded but still accessible to some of the mod cons of life – ie. toilets. So, when you’re setting up your camping spot in the garden think about planting out a woodland area where you can shade your tent and the campsite.\n\nAlso, consideration for what type of trees to plant is equally as essential. Trees that tend to drop their limbs at will such as eucalypts are not a good option. While other low-growing species may just be downright annoying as their foliage scrapes against the canvas. So, trees that grow-quickly – and straight – such as birches and conifers are exceptional choices.\n\nAs you plant out your woodland, leave enough space for a clearing. While the tent can be hidden under the tree canopy you will need a clearing to position a fireplace and somewhere to sit. This area doesn’t need to be large but it does need to be big enough to accomodate you and your friends or family.\n\nIf you set up your garden to allow camping at the outset then the garden can grow without inhibiting your space. If you try to create one after the garden has been established, it will become a much tougher assignment. Regardless, creating a camping site in your garden will reward you for many years to come.\n\nHere are some resources to get you started;\n<ul>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://amzn.to/3bAwvjJ\">Columbia Cougar 8 Person Family Cabin Dome Tent</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00170JZE4\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://amzn.to/2ZJO7H4\">Eureka Folding Table</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001M5TN28\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://amzn.to/3kmWIaj\">Coleman Oversized Quad Chair </a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000MQ6736\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n 	<li><a href=\"https://amzn.to/3EBi0Zc\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Well Traveled Chiminea</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000CPIJ6A\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /></li>\n</ul>', 'Camping In Your Garden', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '735-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:19:07', '2021-11-03 14:19:07', '', 735, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=738', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(740, 1, '2009-07-29 10:53:00', '2009-07-29 14:53:00', 'Kids love sand. So do cats. And with all this love in the air one could could assume that this is a partnership made in heaven. The problem is that your kids see the sandpit as a plaground: the cat views it as a bathroom. And Mum and Dad view those agendas as diametrically opposed - as they should.\n\nSo, how do you keep your cat - or more likely, the neighbour\'s cat - from treating the sandpit as an over-sized kitty-litter?\n\nI, for one, think cats have far too many freedoms in our neighbourhoods and think the best solution is to lock them all up. Yet cat-lovers don\'t see it the same way I do and will often permit their pet felines to wander the \'burbs like an idle adolescent. This wanton disregard for others ensures that sandpits everywhere are destined to be used as rest-breaks on the neighbourhood scout.\n\nAnd while one may assume that cat faeces is the worst offender there is another substance that spells death to the sandpit even more: cat urine. Once a cat has peed in your sandpit there is very little you can do to remove the smell from the sand. The only cure is time or gallons and gallons of water to help dilute it.\n\nWhich means that cat-proofing your sandpit is the only option. So, here are some ideas to help keep your sandpit free from these dreaded <span style=\"text-decoration: line-through;\">pests</span> pets.\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Install a sandpit cover.</strong>\nWhether it be made from canvas, PVC or even a hard-top, a sandpit cover should eradicate most of these problems. The issue then becomes maintaining the cover so that it continues to offer protection against cats and other pests.If you\'re thinking about installing a sandpit cover then consider one that forces rainfall to dissipate without pooling and one that children can\'t get through.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Plant some Plectranthus ornatus.</strong>\nThis plant, <em>Coleus Canina \"Scaredy Cat\"</em>, has a pungent smell that repels cats quicker than an angry dog off its leash. It\'s fine for humans so your children won\'t be affected but if planted around the perimeter of your sandpit will certainly deter those felines. The beauty of this plant is that the pungency is in the foliage rather than the blooms so it continues to be effective all year round.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Dribble Vinegar through the sand.</strong>\nCats hate vinegar but the downside is that your child\'s clothing will come out smelling like vinegar as well.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Position the dog kennel next to it.</strong>\nDogs don\'t tend to use sandpits as their bathroom quite as much as cats do but they are a great deterrent for neighbour\'s cats entering your yard. So, by positioning your kennel next to the sandpit you can almost guarantee that the feline trespassers will be kept at bay.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Use citrus peels.</strong>\nNow this is an effective means to discourage cats but the problem is using it well. As citrus peels dry they become less repellant so in order for it to be effective they need to be replaced every few days. Therefore, it becomes a high maintenance deterrent that could easily be overcome by using one the ideas mentioned above.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\nHopefully one of these ideas will work for you and you can manage to sustainably repel cats from doing their business in your child\'s sandpit. If you have other ideas that have worked for you feel free to share with our readers in the comments below.', 'Keeping the sandpit free of cat faeces', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'sandpit-cat-faeces', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:56:52', '2021-11-03 14:56:52', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=740', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(741, 1, '2021-11-03 10:56:15', '2021-11-03 14:56:15', '', 'Keeping the sandpit free', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'keeping-the-sandpit-free', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:56:18', '2021-11-03 14:56:18', '', 740, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Keeping-the-sandpit-free.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(742, 1, '2021-11-03 10:56:35', '2021-11-03 14:56:35', 'Kids love sand. So do cats. And with all this love in the air one could could assume that this is a partnership made in heaven. The problem is that your kids see the sandpit as a plaground: the cat views it as a bathroom. And Mum and Dad view those agendas as diametrically opposed - as they should.\n\nSo, how do you keep your cat - or more likely, the neighbour\'s cat - from treating the sandpit as an over-sized kitty-litter?\n\nI, for one, think cats have far too many freedoms in our neighbourhoods and think the best solution is to lock them all up. Yet cat-lovers don\'t see it the same way I do and will often permit their pet felines to wander the \'burbs like an idle adolescent. This wanton disregard for others ensures that sandpits everywhere are destined to be used as rest-breaks on the neighbourhood scout.\n\nAnd while one may assume that cat faeces is the worst offender there is another substance that spells death to the sandpit even more: cat urine. Once a cat has peed in your sandpit there is very little you can do to remove the smell from the sand. The only cure is time or gallons and gallons of water to help dilute it.\n\nWhich means that cat-proofing your sandpit is the only option. So, here are some ideas to help keep your sandpit free from these dreaded <span style=\"text-decoration: line-through;\">pests</span> pets.\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Install a sandpit cover.</strong>\nWhether it be made from canvas, PVC or even a hard-top, a sandpit cover should eradicate most of these problems. The issue then becomes maintaining the cover so that it continues to offer protection against cats and other pests.If you\'re thinking about installing a sandpit cover then consider one that forces rainfall to dissipate without pooling and one that children can\'t get through.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Plant some Plectranthus ornatus.</strong>\nThis plant, <em>Coleus Canina \"Scaredy Cat\"</em>, has a pungent smell that repels cats quicker than an angry dog off its leash. It\'s fine for humans so your children won\'t be affected but if planted around the perimeter of your sandpit will certainly deter those felines. The beauty of this plant is that the pungency is in the foliage rather than the blooms so it continues to be effective all year round.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Dribble Vinegar through the sand.</strong>\nCats hate vinegar but the downside is that your child\'s clothing will come out smelling like vinegar as well.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Position the dog kennel next to it.</strong>\nDogs don\'t tend to use sandpits as their bathroom quite as much as cats do but they are a great deterrent for neighbour\'s cats entering your yard. So, by positioning your kennel next to the sandpit you can almost guarantee that the feline trespassers will be kept at bay.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\n<ul>\n 	<li style=\"list-style-type: none;\">\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Use citrus peels.</strong>\nNow this is an effective means to discourage cats but the problem is using it well. As citrus peels dry they become less repellant so in order for it to be effective they need to be replaced every few days. Therefore, it becomes a high maintenance deterrent that could easily be overcome by using one the ideas mentioned above.</li>\n</ul>\n</li>\n</ul>\nHopefully one of these ideas will work for you and you can manage to sustainably repel cats from doing their business in your child\'s sandpit. If you have other ideas that have worked for you feel free to share with our readers in the comments below.', 'Keeping the sandpit free of cat faeces', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '740-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:56:35', '2021-11-03 14:56:35', '', 740, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=742', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(743, 1, '2009-07-20 10:57:00', '2009-07-20 14:57:00', 'Apart from heading for the algaecide rack at your local pool shop there are other ways to control pond algae quickly. More importantly you want a remedy that will hasten solving the problem but also provide a long-term solution so that quick-fixes aren’t an ongoing necessity.\n\nAlgae in ponds only grows for three reasons; too much light, not enough filtration and too much nutrients. When a pond is given all three, algal bloom will blossom so quick that you’ll struggle to recognise that your pond even exists.\n\nWhen setting up your pond it pays to make a few decisions early on. However, when you inherit one – or you didn’t make wise choices at the start – getting rid of algae growth can seem like a monumental task. Fortunately it’s not a chore that will require copious amounts of effort, time or money. You could have it solved as quickly as this weekend.\n\nHere’s how to control pond algae;\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Removing Light</strong> – at the outset of your pond construction you should determine a location that is in the shade or receives very little sunshine. It’s the ultarviolet rays that help photosynthesise the chlorophyll in algae allowing them to grow. Take the sunshine away and this will greatly reduce the growth rate.\nTo remove the sunlight in a hurry, you can instantly cover the pond with a high-UV resistant shade cloth suspended over the pond. Building a pergola and covering it with shade cloth or UV-resistant polymers may be a better long-term fix.\nIf the pond is small enough, you could transform the area by providing some large foliage plants that will provide dappled shade for the pond’s surface and make an almost instant fix.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Increase the Filtration</strong> – this is another easy fix that can be solved within a weekend. Obviously it depends on how large your pond is but it can usually be overcome simply by adding a pump and fountain to the mix. This will help oxygenate the water halting the stagnation process which algae require to grow.\nRunning water is another option recycling the pond’s water through a filter system but this will take a little longer to set up. However, it will provide much better long-term solutions.\nAnother option is to increase your aquatic plants. Reeds on the banks of your pond will help take away some of the residual nutrients and adequately control your pond algae plus they will help filter the water and oxygenate your pond.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Reduce the Nutrients</strong> – the main source of nutrients comes from over-feeding pond fish. Left over debris from fish feed is high in nitrogen and phosphorous, nutrients that pond algae needs to grow. Therefore, only feed your fish as much as they need and don’t become tempted to oversupply.\nIntroducing frogs and other aquatic life to your pond will also help reduce nutrient debris – this can come from rotting leaves as well. Increasing your plant life around the edge of your pond will give them some better places to reside and they will help control pond algae naturally.</li>\n</ul>\nControlling algal growth in your pond is not a hard problem to solve and can be fixed quite easily and quickly. While preparing your pond from the outset is the easiest solution to algae problems take heart that even inherited ponds can be remedied without too much fuss.', 'How to Control Pond Algae – Quickly', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'how-to-control-pond-algae-quickly', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:00:00', '2021-11-03 15:00:00', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=743', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(744, 1, '2021-11-03 10:59:17', '2021-11-03 14:59:17', '', 'Control Pond Algae', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'control-pond-algae', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:59:20', '2021-11-03 14:59:20', '', 743, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Control-Pond-Algae.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(745, 1, '2021-11-03 10:59:59', '2021-11-03 14:59:59', 'Apart from heading for the algaecide rack at your local pool shop there are other ways to control pond algae quickly. More importantly you want a remedy that will hasten solving the problem but also provide a long-term solution so that quick-fixes aren’t an ongoing necessity.\n\nAlgae in ponds only grows for three reasons; too much light, not enough filtration and too much nutrients. When a pond is given all three, algal bloom will blossom so quick that you’ll struggle to recognise that your pond even exists.\n\nWhen setting up your pond it pays to make a few decisions early on. However, when you inherit one – or you didn’t make wise choices at the start – getting rid of algae growth can seem like a monumental task. Fortunately it’s not a chore that will require copious amounts of effort, time or money. You could have it solved as quickly as this weekend.\n\nHere’s how to control pond algae;\n<ul>\n 	<li><strong>Removing Light</strong> – at the outset of your pond construction you should determine a location that is in the shade or receives very little sunshine. It’s the ultarviolet rays that help photosynthesise the chlorophyll in algae allowing them to grow. Take the sunshine away and this will greatly reduce the growth rate.\nTo remove the sunlight in a hurry, you can instantly cover the pond with a high-UV resistant shade cloth suspended over the pond. Building a pergola and covering it with shade cloth or UV-resistant polymers may be a better long-term fix.\nIf the pond is small enough, you could transform the area by providing some large foliage plants that will provide dappled shade for the pond’s surface and make an almost instant fix.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Increase the Filtration</strong> – this is another easy fix that can be solved within a weekend. Obviously it depends on how large your pond is but it can usually be overcome simply by adding a pump and fountain to the mix. This will help oxygenate the water halting the stagnation process which algae require to grow.\nRunning water is another option recycling the pond’s water through a filter system but this will take a little longer to set up. However, it will provide much better long-term solutions.\nAnother option is to increase your aquatic plants. Reeds on the banks of your pond will help take away some of the residual nutrients and adequately control your pond algae plus they will help filter the water and oxygenate your pond.</li>\n 	<li><strong>Reduce the Nutrients</strong> – the main source of nutrients comes from over-feeding pond fish. Left over debris from fish feed is high in nitrogen and phosphorous, nutrients that pond algae needs to grow. Therefore, only feed your fish as much as they need and don’t become tempted to oversupply.\nIntroducing frogs and other aquatic life to your pond will also help reduce nutrient debris – this can come from rotting leaves as well. Increasing your plant life around the edge of your pond will give them some better places to reside and they will help control pond algae naturally.</li>\n</ul>\nControlling algal growth in your pond is not a hard problem to solve and can be fixed quite easily and quickly. While preparing your pond from the outset is the easiest solution to algae problems take heart that even inherited ponds can be remedied without too much fuss.', 'How to Control Pond Algae – Quickly', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '743-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 10:59:59', '2021-11-03 14:59:59', '', 743, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=745', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(746, 1, '2011-06-22 11:00:00', '2011-06-22 15:00:00', 'When you chose your fire pit, you took many things into consideration to make sure that it would fit in with your lawn and lifestyle. Patio furniture that will be used around a fire pit needs to be chosen carefully, as well. Among things to take into consideration are size and the number of people who will be using it regularly, function, and appearance.\n\n[toc]\n<h3>Size of your Fire Pit</h3>\nThe size and number of pieces in your patio furniture set depends on not just the size of the area that they will sit in, but also on your family. If you have a large family and have many people over often, you will need more pieces of furniture that everyone can enjoy. Instead of buying a dozen smaller chairs, consider replacing a few of them with wider, love seat style patio chairs to create a variety of seats to give people a choice.\n\nAlso take the size of the area around the fire pit into account. If there is limited space and the fire pit will be used in cooking, it may be necessary to buy a patio table to place nearby so that everyone can eat comfortably.\n<h3>Function</h3>\nIf the furniture will receive a great deal of use, it is important to buy pieces that will be able to take it. Compare the durability of plastic, wood, and metal furniture. While plastic might be tempting because it is so inexpensive, it is also far more likely to break with high use. Metal is a great choice, but make sure that you don’t buy spindly metal furniture if it is going to get a lot of rugged use. Wood is often the best deal, as it is sturdy and attractive. The wood can be stained or painted any colour or treated to appear older and weathered.\n<h3>Appearance</h3>\nTry to choose patio furniture that coordinates with your fire pit. It doesn’t have to match perfectly to coordinate. If your <a href=\"https://amzn.to/2ZQwLsc\">fire pit</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000WU8OJM\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is highly decorative, furniture that is in made of the same material or in a similar colour scheme while being a bit plainer might look the best. If the fire pit is sleek metal or constructed of plain stone, more decorative furniture will give the area around it a bit more interest. If you want cushions in your chairs, make sure that they work with the furniture style as well as being easy to clean. Cushion covers should be removable so they can be tossed into the wash.\n<h3>Ease of Care</h3>\nNo matter what variety of patio furniture you choose, it should be easy for you to clean. If you are unable to do intensive cleaning, make sure that you purchase furniture that is easily washed clean with a garden hose. Many materials now have coatings applied that are stain and rust resistant, making it very easy to simply wash off dirt and other stains with just a bit of water. It is important to clean outdoor furniture well, however, to keep it from breaking down under weathering.\n\nCoverings are needed for outdoor furniture to protect it from the elements. This is especially important during cold weather and extreme heat. If you don’t want to cover protect furniture with plastic or fitted covers, it should be stored somewhere. Stacking chairs in a garden shed or spare room can keep them safe from the weather and make them last much longer.\n\nBe sure that the patio furniture you choose can be repaired if it does break. Some manufacturers offer warranties, but don’t depend on them. Often, wooden chairs can be fixed with the application of a couple of screws or nails. Metal furniture might need a weld to repair it, but this is very easy for someone who knows how to do it and takes only moments. Another drawback of plastic furniture is repair difficulty, so take this into account when deciding which material and style of furniture will best serve you and flatter your fire pit.', 'The Fire Pit: Patio Furniture', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'the-fire-pit-patio-furniture', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:03:47', '2021-11-03 15:03:47', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=746', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(747, 1, '2021-11-03 11:02:38', '2021-11-03 15:02:38', 'Warm Your Patio With This Gorgeous Fire Pit', 'The Fire Pit', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'the-fire-pit', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:02:43', '2021-11-03 15:02:43', '', 746, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/The-Fire-Pit.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(748, 1, '2021-11-03 11:03:45', '2021-11-03 15:03:45', 'When you chose your fire pit, you took many things into consideration to make sure that it would fit in with your lawn and lifestyle. Patio furniture that will be used around a fire pit needs to be chosen carefully, as well. Among things to take into consideration are size and the number of people who will be using it regularly, function, and appearance.\n\n[toc]\n<h3>Size of your Fire Pit</h3>\nThe size and number of pieces in your patio furniture set depends on not just the size of the area that they will sit in, but also on your family. If you have a large family and have many people over often, you will need more pieces of furniture that everyone can enjoy. Instead of buying a dozen smaller chairs, consider replacing a few of them with wider, love seat style patio chairs to create a variety of seats to give people a choice.\n\nAlso take the size of the area around the fire pit into account. If there is limited space and the fire pit will be used in cooking, it may be necessary to buy a patio table to place nearby so that everyone can eat comfortably.\n<h3>Function</h3>\nIf the furniture will receive a great deal of use, it is important to buy pieces that will be able to take it. Compare the durability of plastic, wood, and metal furniture. While plastic might be tempting because it is so inexpensive, it is also far more likely to break with high use. Metal is a great choice, but make sure that you don’t buy spindly metal furniture if it is going to get a lot of rugged use. Wood is often the best deal, as it is sturdy and attractive. The wood can be stained or painted any colour or treated to appear older and weathered.\n<h3>Appearance</h3>\nTry to choose patio furniture that coordinates with your fire pit. It doesn’t have to match perfectly to coordinate. If your <a href=\"https://amzn.to/2ZQwLsc\">fire pit</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B000WU8OJM\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> is highly decorative, furniture that is in made of the same material or in a similar colour scheme while being a bit plainer might look the best. If the fire pit is sleek metal or constructed of plain stone, more decorative furniture will give the area around it a bit more interest. If you want cushions in your chairs, make sure that they work with the furniture style as well as being easy to clean. Cushion covers should be removable so they can be tossed into the wash.\n<h3>Ease of Care</h3>\nNo matter what variety of patio furniture you choose, it should be easy for you to clean. If you are unable to do intensive cleaning, make sure that you purchase furniture that is easily washed clean with a garden hose. Many materials now have coatings applied that are stain and rust resistant, making it very easy to simply wash off dirt and other stains with just a bit of water. It is important to clean outdoor furniture well, however, to keep it from breaking down under weathering.\n\nCoverings are needed for outdoor furniture to protect it from the elements. This is especially important during cold weather and extreme heat. If you don’t want to cover protect furniture with plastic or fitted covers, it should be stored somewhere. Stacking chairs in a garden shed or spare room can keep them safe from the weather and make them last much longer.\n\nBe sure that the patio furniture you choose can be repaired if it does break. Some manufacturers offer warranties, but don’t depend on them. Often, wooden chairs can be fixed with the application of a couple of screws or nails. Metal furniture might need a weld to repair it, but this is very easy for someone who knows how to do it and takes only moments. Another drawback of plastic furniture is repair difficulty, so take this into account when deciding which material and style of furniture will best serve you and flatter your fire pit.', 'The Fire Pit: Patio Furniture', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '746-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:03:45', '2021-11-03 15:03:45', '', 746, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=748', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(749, 1, '2011-06-14 11:04:00', '2011-06-14 15:04:00', 'Watching the birds gather around your feeder and enjoy a treat is enjoyable and relaxing. Trying to keep the squirrels from stealing all the bird seed can be extremely frustrating. Squirrels are notorious for getting into bird feeders and taking all the food for themselves. Not only do they steal the food, but they are also known for destroying the feeders. Luckily, there are helpful ways to build a squirrel resistant bird feeder.\n\n[toc]\n<h3>Location is Everything</h3>\nSquirrels can climb most anything and they can jump great distances, but they can not fly. The simplest squirrel proof bird feeder is one that is located at least twelve feet from all surrounding objects and mounted on a tall, metal pole. Be sure to take into account all tree branches, clothes lines and any other objects a squirrel might be able to jump from.\n<h3>Think Slippery</h3>\nWhen dealing with feeders in the yard, consider adding something to the pole that will make it slippery. Stove pipe can be wrapped around poles, making them slippery enough that the squirrels can’t climb it. Take the slick surface up at least one meter, and include a squirrel baffle at the top for added protection. Another option is to attach the stove pipe just below the feeder, being sure to carry it down a good distance.\n<h3>Get a Bigger Baffle</h3>\nSquirrel baffles are round discs that sit just under, or just above, the feeder. But some squirrels are truly persistent and can get around these contraptions. Go for a bigger baffle by attaching clear plastic roofing around the base of the feeder. Use plenty of screws so the squirrels can’t force their way between the roofing and the feeder. Also make sure the roofing extends at least 30 cm below the feeder for those very persistent squirrels.\n<h3>Mount the Baffles Right</h3>\nBaffles should be mounted loosely. You want them to spin and shift when a squirrel tries getting around it. This way the squirrel will fall off rather than being rewarded with bird seed. Squirrels are crafty and a baffle that stays put is one that they can get around.\n<h3>Build a Cage Around Your Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder</h3>\nOne simple fact of wildlife is that birds are small while squirrels are not. Another idea for a squirrel proof bird feeder is to place the feeder inside a hanging cage. Leave an opening in the mesh that is large enough for birds to enter through, but small enough to keep the squirrels out. The mesh must be metal or the squirrels will simply chew through it. Check the edges of the opening for the birds to be sure they are not sharp.\n<h3>The Corridor</h3>\nPlace a piece of sheet metal or plexiglass just 8 cm away from the opening. Smaller birds will be able to get through this corridor to the food, but squirrels won’t. If sheet metal is used, be sure to fold the sides back towards the outside so the birds don’t injure themselves on the edges.\n<h3>Horizontal Baffles</h3>\nMount your bird feeder on a rod extending from the house or fence post. Place a baffle between the mounting surface and the feeder. Be sure the baffle will spin, as this will prevent the squirrels from getting to the food.\n<h3>Add Safflower Seeds</h3>\nSquirrels don’t like these seeds, but birds enjoy them. One simple way to make your feeder less attractive is to pick up some of these seeds and add them to your feeder.\n<h3>Feed the Squirrels</h3>\nOne option is to simply break down the feed the squirrels, too. It’s still a good idea to have squirrel deterrents around your bird feeders, but providing them with some food in another area can help you save your favorite feeders and still enjoy the birds.\n\nFeeding the birds is enjoyable and you are sure to enjoy their songs. Squirrels may have their own cute factor, but the damage they do to bird feeders can be quite vexing. Try these tips to make your own squirrel proof bird feeder so that you can enjoy the benefits of feeding the local birds without having to worry about backyard squirrels.\n\nIf you’re not interested in making your own there are <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3waOl66\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">plenty of pre-fabricated models</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00005OU5Y&amp;camp=217153&amp;creative=399349\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> to choose from.', 'DIY Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'diy-squirrel-resistant-bird-feeder', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:07:52', '2021-11-03 15:07:52', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=749', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(750, 1, '2021-11-03 11:05:46', '2021-11-03 15:05:46', '', 'squirrel-resistant-bird-feeder', 'Stop Squirrels Eating Your Bird Feed', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'squirrel-resistant-bird-feeder', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:05:52', '2021-11-03 15:05:52', '', 749, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/squirrel-resistant-bird-feeder.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(751, 1, '2021-11-03 11:07:02', '2021-11-03 15:07:02', 'Watching the birds gather around your feeder and enjoy a treat is enjoyable and relaxing. Trying to keep the squirrels from stealing all the bird seed can be extremely frustrating. Squirrels are notorious for getting into bird feeders and taking all the food for themselves. Not only do they steal the food, but they are also known for destroying the feeders. Luckily, there are helpful ways to build a squirrel resistant bird feeder.\n\n[toc]\n<h3>Location is Everything</h3>\nSquirrels can climb most anything and they can jump great distances, but they can not fly. The simplest squirrel proof bird feeder is one that is located at least twelve feet from all surrounding objects and mounted on a tall, metal pole. Be sure to take into account all tree branches, clothes lines and any other objects a squirrel might be able to jump from.\n<h3>Think Slippery</h3>\nWhen dealing with feeders in the yard, consider adding something to the pole that will make it slippery. Stove pipe can be wrapped around poles, making them slippery enough that the squirrels can’t climb it. Take the slick surface up at least one meter, and include a squirrel baffle at the top for added protection. Another option is to attach the stove pipe just below the feeder, being sure to carry it down a good distance.\n<h3>Get a Bigger Baffle</h3>\nSquirrel baffles are round discs that sit just under, or just above, the feeder. But some squirrels are truly persistent and can get around these contraptions. Go for a bigger baffle by attaching clear plastic roofing around the base of the feeder. Use plenty of screws so the squirrels can’t force their way between the roofing and the feeder. Also make sure the roofing extends at least 30 cm below the feeder for those very persistent squirrels.\n<h3>Mount the Baffles Right</h3>\nBaffles should be mounted loosely. You want them to spin and shift when a squirrel tries getting around it. This way the squirrel will fall off rather than being rewarded with bird seed. Squirrels are crafty and a baffle that stays put is one that they can get around.\n<h3>Build a Cage Around Your Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder</h3>\nOne simple fact of wildlife is that birds are small while squirrels are not. Another idea for a squirrel proof bird feeder is to place the feeder inside a hanging cage. Leave an opening in the mesh that is large enough for birds to enter through, but small enough to keep the squirrels out. The mesh must be metal or the squirrels will simply chew through it. Check the edges of the opening for the birds to be sure they are not sharp.\n<h3>The Corridor</h3>\nPlace a piece of sheet metal or plexiglass just 8 cm away from the opening. Smaller birds will be able to get through this corridor to the food, but squirrels won’t. If sheet metal is used, be sure to fold the sides back towards the outside so the birds don’t injure themselves on the edges.\n<h3>Horizontal Baffles</h3>\nMount your bird feeder on a rod extending from the house or fence post. Place a baffle between the mounting surface and the feeder. Be sure the baffle will spin, as this will prevent the squirrels from getting to the food.\n<h3>Add Safflower Seeds</h3>\nSquirrels don’t like these seeds, but birds enjoy them. One simple way to make your feeder less attractive is to pick up some of these seeds and add them to your feeder.\n<h3>Feed the Squirrels</h3>\nOne option is to simply break down the feed the squirrels, too. It’s still a good idea to have squirrel deterrents around your bird feeders, but providing them with some food in another area can help you save your favorite feeders and still enjoy the birds.\n\nFeeding the birds is enjoyable and you are sure to enjoy their songs. Squirrels may have their own cute factor, but the damage they do to bird feeders can be quite vexing. Try these tips to make your own squirrel proof bird feeder so that you can enjoy the benefits of feeding the local birds without having to worry about backyard squirrels.\n\nIf you’re not interested in making your own there are <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3waOl66\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">plenty of pre-fabricated models</a><img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B00005OU5Y&amp;camp=217153&amp;creative=399349\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" /> to choose from.', 'DIY Squirrel Resistant Bird Feeder', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '749-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:07:02', '2021-11-03 15:07:02', '', 749, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=751', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(752, 1, '2011-05-29 11:08:00', '2011-05-29 15:08:00', 'When the summer season approaches many people will require the use of their outdoor furniture. Therefore, in order to keep it looking at its best you may need to take steps to care for it and prolong your furniture’s useful life. Anything that someone should know about their furnishings should be found on the brochure when purchasing the furniture. However, there are certainly some home made remedies that one can always implement to keep their furniture fresh and clean.\n\nWhen deciding how to clean your outdoor furniture it is very important to understand its material. Today a wide variety of furniture is available on the market made of all different types of materials. Wood, bamboo, light metals, plastic, vinyl, canvas and wicker are some of the few varieties that you can find on the market. Cleaning and maintaining all these materials require different methods and techniques.\n<h3>Cleaning Wood or Bamboo Furniture</h3>\nWhen cleaning wood or bamboo furniture, you must be very careful about mildew formation, as bare wood can easily be ruined by it. It can collect in tiny gaps and openings and it is advisable to use water and a mild soap when cleaning this furniture, in addition to this furniture of this kind must also be protected, so linseed oil or soft wax when rubbed on it provides the perfect form of protection. This however must be done regularly if you wish to keep your outdoor furniture fresh to be used the next time.\n<h3>Caring for Metal Outdoor Furniture</h3>\nMetal like wood, also can get degraded gradually so you must always check it for weak areas and like wood and wicker this type of material must also be protected. However, instead of oil, fresh paint can be used to keep ones metal furniture in good shape and condition. For regular cleaning a mild soap with water with good force is the best form of cleaning. But after cleaning it, it’s essential that the furniture be dried properly in the sun or that can lead to the rotting of the furniture. Henceforth, summer seasons are always preferred for cleaning this type of outdoor furniture.\n<h3>Plastic and Vinyl Furniture</h3>\nThe easiest outdoor material to handle is plastic and vinyl. Available in beautiful designs and varieties, this furniture is cheap and inexpensive and also does not require a lot of cleaning, that’s why it’s preferred by a majority of people. Since there is no problem of rot or mildew, a simple wash with soap and water is excellent to maintain this type of furniture. However care should be taken that strong bleaches don’t get used as it may lead to the fading of the color. Dish washing fluids have a very mild quantity of bleach so this is excellent for getting rid of all the stains.\n\nWhichever type of outdoor furniture you possess it’s important to understand that you should take good care of it. A thorough cleaning of the furniture at least twice per month is very essential if you wish to use the furniture for a long time. Other than that, home remedies like using borax, sodium carbonate, or washing powder as a cleaning agent is one very good way to keep furniture fresh all season long. If your furniture is exposed completely without any cover you must also take care to remove the bird droppings. This must be done regularly as bird droppings are acidic in nature and if allowed to dry and then accidentally inhaled it can lead to many health problems. So it is always better to wipe your furniture clean once every day.\n\nIf all these adequate steps are taken it can be guaranteed that your furniture will stay fresh throughout the season and you can easily use it to host all those amazing barbecues and parties.', 'Tips for Keeping Your Outdoor Furniture Fresh', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'tips-for-keeping-your-outdoor-furniture-fresh', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:09:50', '2021-11-03 15:09:50', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=752', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(753, 1, '2021-11-03 11:09:12', '2021-11-03 15:09:12', '', 'outdoor-furniture-care', 'Caring For Your Outdoor Furniture', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'outdoor-furniture-care', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:09:16', '2021-11-03 15:09:16', '', 752, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/outdoor-furniture-care.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(754, 1, '2021-11-03 11:09:49', '2021-11-03 15:09:49', 'When the summer season approaches many people will require the use of their outdoor furniture. Therefore, in order to keep it looking at its best you may need to take steps to care for it and prolong your furniture’s useful life. Anything that someone should know about their furnishings should be found on the brochure when purchasing the furniture. However, there are certainly some home made remedies that one can always implement to keep their furniture fresh and clean.\n\nWhen deciding how to clean your outdoor furniture it is very important to understand its material. Today a wide variety of furniture is available on the market made of all different types of materials. Wood, bamboo, light metals, plastic, vinyl, canvas and wicker are some of the few varieties that you can find on the market. Cleaning and maintaining all these materials require different methods and techniques.\n<h3>Cleaning Wood or Bamboo Furniture</h3>\nWhen cleaning wood or bamboo furniture, you must be very careful about mildew formation, as bare wood can easily be ruined by it. It can collect in tiny gaps and openings and it is advisable to use water and a mild soap when cleaning this furniture, in addition to this furniture of this kind must also be protected, so linseed oil or soft wax when rubbed on it provides the perfect form of protection. This however must be done regularly if you wish to keep your outdoor furniture fresh to be used the next time.\n<h3>Caring for Metal Outdoor Furniture</h3>\nMetal like wood, also can get degraded gradually so you must always check it for weak areas and like wood and wicker this type of material must also be protected. However, instead of oil, fresh paint can be used to keep ones metal furniture in good shape and condition. For regular cleaning a mild soap with water with good force is the best form of cleaning. But after cleaning it, it’s essential that the furniture be dried properly in the sun or that can lead to the rotting of the furniture. Henceforth, summer seasons are always preferred for cleaning this type of outdoor furniture.\n<h3>Plastic and Vinyl Furniture</h3>\nThe easiest outdoor material to handle is plastic and vinyl. Available in beautiful designs and varieties, this furniture is cheap and inexpensive and also does not require a lot of cleaning, that’s why it’s preferred by a majority of people. Since there is no problem of rot or mildew, a simple wash with soap and water is excellent to maintain this type of furniture. However care should be taken that strong bleaches don’t get used as it may lead to the fading of the color. Dish washing fluids have a very mild quantity of bleach so this is excellent for getting rid of all the stains.\n\nWhichever type of outdoor furniture you possess it’s important to understand that you should take good care of it. A thorough cleaning of the furniture at least twice per month is very essential if you wish to use the furniture for a long time. Other than that, home remedies like using borax, sodium carbonate, or washing powder as a cleaning agent is one very good way to keep furniture fresh all season long. If your furniture is exposed completely without any cover you must also take care to remove the bird droppings. This must be done regularly as bird droppings are acidic in nature and if allowed to dry and then accidentally inhaled it can lead to many health problems. So it is always better to wipe your furniture clean once every day.\n\nIf all these adequate steps are taken it can be guaranteed that your furniture will stay fresh throughout the season and you can easily use it to host all those amazing barbecues and parties.', 'Tips for Keeping Your Outdoor Furniture Fresh', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '752-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:09:49', '2021-11-03 15:09:49', '', 752, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=754', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(755, 1, '2010-05-12 11:10:00', '2010-05-12 15:10:00', 'Don’t know what to do with those snake-like lengths of garden hose once the outdoor washing and watering chores are done? Contain that hose with any one of a number of attractive, downright ingenious and useful forms of garden hose storage solutions now available on the market.\n\nFor the gardener with limited outdoor spaces requiring short 7.5 – 15m (25 – 50ft) lengths of hose, a garden hose coil dispenser storage pot or basket is a good choice. Made of a variety of materials from plastic, clay or metal, these containers accept hose through a feed hole into the container, where the hose is simply coiled up neatly inside. To use the hose, simply pull it out of the top of the container, uncoiling only the amount of hose needed. To store, the hose is then re-coiled into the pot by hand, keeping the hose kink-free and ready for the next use.\n<h2>Storage for Long Lengths of Hose</h2>\nFor longer hose lengths, there are more roomy pot designs available. Made of wicker-look resin, a hose storage basket accepts 45m (150ft) of coiled hose and is great for hose containment on a deck or patio. Coiled hose is discreetly hidden under it’s wicker-look lid, making it look more like a decorative accent basket than a hard-working storage solution.\n\nHose hangers can accommodate longer hose lengths, and are simple affairs that hang the hose out in the open and ready to use. Hose hangars are bolted to a wall next to the water tap. These wall-mounted hangers do not hide the hose, so careful coiling is needed to keep hose from kinking, twisting or looking like a snarled mass attached to the side of the house or garage.\n\nIf the art of coiling wet, muddy or ungainly hose is not your cup of tea, a hose reel could offer a useful form of garden hose storage. The hose reel is bolted directly to the outside of the house or garage wall near the water outlet, like a hose hanger. Hose reels can accommodate 30m (100ft) of hose or more, the simplest being open wire affairs that shed mud and water, making them ideal for rinsing off muddy hoses after use. Some hose reel designs are more solid, looking a bit like a tire rim, fitted with a crank to pull in long lengths of extended hose and coiling it neatly on the reel. While hose reels are handy when unreeling in one direction, they can be cumbersome if the hose must extend in a different direction than the reel collects the hose. To overcome this problem, some hose reels are available with handy swivel mounts that make for easier dispersal and recoil of hose pulled out at multiple angles.\n<h2>Hidden Garden Hose Storage Options</h2>\nThere are hidden hose reel solutions, too — combining the appearance of a deck side container with a hose reel hidden inside. These can be fit with electric motors to do the reeling-in work for you at the touch of a button. For smaller budgets, less-expensive models require some muscle on your part to turn a crank and pull the hose into the container under your own effort.\n\nSome useful forms of garden hose storage problem-solvers have shown up over the years with the introduction of “ribbon” hose that swells open during use, then collapses flat for reeling up on a hose reel. If working with ungainly, long lengths of hose has you in a quandary, perhaps an extension hydrant might serve your purposes better. Designed with it’s own attractive cabinet, it allows the installation of a water tap where it’s needed without expensive plumbing. The hydrant connects to an existing water outlet and draws water through a common garden hose to another tap set closer to the point of use. Then all that is required is shorter, more easily managed lengths of hose to reach those remote areas of lawn.', 'Useful forms of Garden Hose Storage', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'useful-forms-of-garden-hose-storage', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:13:45', '2021-11-03 15:13:45', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=755', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(756, 1, '2021-11-03 11:13:20', '2021-11-03 15:13:20', '', 'Garden Hose', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'garden-hose', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:13:25', '2021-11-03 15:13:25', '', 755, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Garden-Hose.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(757, 1, '2021-11-03 11:13:43', '2021-11-03 15:13:43', 'Don’t know what to do with those snake-like lengths of garden hose once the outdoor washing and watering chores are done? Contain that hose with any one of a number of attractive, downright ingenious and useful forms of garden hose storage solutions now available on the market.\n\nFor the gardener with limited outdoor spaces requiring short 7.5 – 15m (25 – 50ft) lengths of hose, a garden hose coil dispenser storage pot or basket is a good choice. Made of a variety of materials from plastic, clay or metal, these containers accept hose through a feed hole into the container, where the hose is simply coiled up neatly inside. To use the hose, simply pull it out of the top of the container, uncoiling only the amount of hose needed. To store, the hose is then re-coiled into the pot by hand, keeping the hose kink-free and ready for the next use.\n<h2>Storage for Long Lengths of Hose</h2>\nFor longer hose lengths, there are more roomy pot designs available. Made of wicker-look resin, a hose storage basket accepts 45m (150ft) of coiled hose and is great for hose containment on a deck or patio. Coiled hose is discreetly hidden under it’s wicker-look lid, making it look more like a decorative accent basket than a hard-working storage solution.\n\nHose hangers can accommodate longer hose lengths, and are simple affairs that hang the hose out in the open and ready to use. Hose hangars are bolted to a wall next to the water tap. These wall-mounted hangers do not hide the hose, so careful coiling is needed to keep hose from kinking, twisting or looking like a snarled mass attached to the side of the house or garage.\n\nIf the art of coiling wet, muddy or ungainly hose is not your cup of tea, a hose reel could offer a useful form of garden hose storage. The hose reel is bolted directly to the outside of the house or garage wall near the water outlet, like a hose hanger. Hose reels can accommodate 30m (100ft) of hose or more, the simplest being open wire affairs that shed mud and water, making them ideal for rinsing off muddy hoses after use. Some hose reel designs are more solid, looking a bit like a tire rim, fitted with a crank to pull in long lengths of extended hose and coiling it neatly on the reel. While hose reels are handy when unreeling in one direction, they can be cumbersome if the hose must extend in a different direction than the reel collects the hose. To overcome this problem, some hose reels are available with handy swivel mounts that make for easier dispersal and recoil of hose pulled out at multiple angles.\n<h2>Hidden Garden Hose Storage Options</h2>\nThere are hidden hose reel solutions, too — combining the appearance of a deck side container with a hose reel hidden inside. These can be fit with electric motors to do the reeling-in work for you at the touch of a button. For smaller budgets, less-expensive models require some muscle on your part to turn a crank and pull the hose into the container under your own effort.\n\nSome useful forms of garden hose storage problem-solvers have shown up over the years with the introduction of “ribbon” hose that swells open during use, then collapses flat for reeling up on a hose reel. If working with ungainly, long lengths of hose has you in a quandary, perhaps an extension hydrant might serve your purposes better. Designed with it’s own attractive cabinet, it allows the installation of a water tap where it’s needed without expensive plumbing. The hydrant connects to an existing water outlet and draws water through a common garden hose to another tap set closer to the point of use. Then all that is required is shorter, more easily managed lengths of hose to reach those remote areas of lawn.', 'Useful forms of Garden Hose Storage', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '755-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:13:43', '2021-11-03 15:13:43', '', 755, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=757', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(758, 1, '2010-05-29 11:14:00', '2010-05-29 15:14:00', 'Now that Spring has sprung in the Northern Hemisphere, and your garden has been planted, organizing all of those necessary tools to keep your garden and yard in top shape is really important. There are several different means to organizing your garden tools and supplies. Finding the system that works best for your situation can be easily attainable.\n\nThe factor that you must first consider before you get out there and purchase the first item you see off the shelf, is a thorough inventory of your garden tools and accessories. Knowing before hand how many tools you have that need to be organized and a general idea of their length and size, will help guide you to the best possible product for storing and organizing the tools.\n\nAn item such as a wall mounted organizer for your gardening tools and supplies is perfect for the garden tool shed, garage, basement or potting room. This model helps to free up floor space, but it makes the items easily accessible as well. A wall system is attractive not only because it looks good, but it helps you stay neat and organized so that you know where your tools are with just a quick glance towards the wall.\n\nPerhaps you need your garden tools all in one area where you have the ability to move them around. If this describes your needs and or wants, then the mobile garden tool organizer is the perfect option for you. Built to with stand up to one hundred and fifty pounds of weight, you can neatly store up to eighteen garden tools on the cart. Featuring larger easy to move tires, you have the ability to relocate the cart everywhere you are working in your garden.\nIf your gardening requires only a few small hand tools, do not be dismayed, because there is a great garden tool organizer that is perfect for your limited garden tools. Cleverly created, the pouch like system attaches to a large bucket and holds your small garden accessories as you work your way through the weeds.\n\nDon’t let another summer go by without purchasing the best garden tool organizer for all your garden tools and accessories today.', 'Get The Best Garden Tool Organizer', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'get-the-best-garden-tool-organizer', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:16:10', '2021-11-03 15:16:10', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=758', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(759, 1, '2021-11-03 11:15:37', '2021-11-03 15:15:37', '', 'Best Garden Tool Organizer', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'best-garden-tool-organizer', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:15:40', '2021-11-03 15:15:40', '', 758, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Best-Garden-Tool-Organizer.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(760, 1, '2021-11-03 11:16:09', '2021-11-03 15:16:09', 'Now that Spring has sprung in the Northern Hemisphere, and your garden has been planted, organizing all of those necessary tools to keep your garden and yard in top shape is really important. There are several different means to organizing your garden tools and supplies. Finding the system that works best for your situation can be easily attainable.\n\nThe factor that you must first consider before you get out there and purchase the first item you see off the shelf, is a thorough inventory of your garden tools and accessories. Knowing before hand how many tools you have that need to be organized and a general idea of their length and size, will help guide you to the best possible product for storing and organizing the tools.\n\nAn item such as a wall mounted organizer for your gardening tools and supplies is perfect for the garden tool shed, garage, basement or potting room. This model helps to free up floor space, but it makes the items easily accessible as well. A wall system is attractive not only because it looks good, but it helps you stay neat and organized so that you know where your tools are with just a quick glance towards the wall.\n\nPerhaps you need your garden tools all in one area where you have the ability to move them around. If this describes your needs and or wants, then the mobile garden tool organizer is the perfect option for you. Built to with stand up to one hundred and fifty pounds of weight, you can neatly store up to eighteen garden tools on the cart. Featuring larger easy to move tires, you have the ability to relocate the cart everywhere you are working in your garden.\nIf your gardening requires only a few small hand tools, do not be dismayed, because there is a great garden tool organizer that is perfect for your limited garden tools. Cleverly created, the pouch like system attaches to a large bucket and holds your small garden accessories as you work your way through the weeds.\n\nDon’t let another summer go by without purchasing the best garden tool organizer for all your garden tools and accessories today.', 'Get The Best Garden Tool Organizer', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '758-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:16:09', '2021-11-03 15:16:09', '', 758, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=760', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(761, 1, '2010-04-28 11:16:00', '2010-04-28 15:16:00', '<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-762\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Loppers.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"211\" />The third tool in the Fiskars PowerGear™ range that I was fortunate enough to trial was the Loppers. Having already been suitably impressed with <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/fiskars-powergear-pruners-garden-tool-review/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Fiskars PowerGear™ Pruners</a> and the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/fiskars-powergear-hedge-shears-garden-tool-review/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Fiskars PowerGear™ Hedge Shears</a> it was quite appropriate that I expected big things. Fortunately, I wasn’t let down.\nOur Public Holiday Monday was spent chewing through some seriously overgrown garden – neglect the bandit. Trees, shrubs, rose bushes, climbers and revelling ground covers had all enjoyed the lack of parental supervision and competed with each other for available sunlight. Needless to say the loppers were in high demand as we brought the garden back into some semblance of order.\n\nLike the pruners and hedge shears trialled before it, the loppers worked amazingly easy. Their PowerGear™ ingenuity made effortless work cutting through branches the size of my thumb, and bigger. Applying pressure to a branch with this tool is almost like forcing a hot knife through butter.\n\nWith most loppers, all the strength and power comes from your biceps – unless you have long-handled loppers which can add extra weight to the tool. With the Fiskars Loppers, all the effort is provided via the gearing forcing the tool to do all the hard work. At the end of a day using these your arms won’t feel like they’re going to drop off.\n\nAgain, for those who are aged or suffering from arthritis, the dexterity of these loppers will allow you to accomplish pruning tasks that you may have never thought you could achieve again.\n\nAfter trialling all three products I can only reiterate that these are fantastic value for money, incredibly easy to use and should last for years to come.', 'Fiskars PowerGear  Loppers | Garden Tool Review', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'fiskars-powergear-loppers-garden-tool-review', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:23:00', '2021-11-03 15:23:00', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=761', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(762, 1, '2021-11-03 11:17:58', '2021-11-03 15:17:58', '', 'Fiskars-Loppers', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'fiskars-loppers', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:17:58', '2021-11-03 15:17:58', '', 761, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Loppers.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(763, 1, '2021-11-03 11:18:22', '2021-11-03 15:18:22', '<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-762\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Loppers.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"211\" />The third tool in the Fiskars PowerGear™ range that I was fortunate enough to trial was the Loppers. Having already been suitably impressed with <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2010/04/fiskars_powergear_pruners_garden_tool_review.html\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Fiskars PowerGear™ Pruners</a> and the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2010/04/fiskars_powergear_hedge_shears_garden_tool_review.html\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Fiskars PowerGear™ Hedge Shears</a> it was quite appropriate that I expected big things. Fortunately, I wasn’t let down.\nOur Public Holiday Monday was spent chewing through some seriously overgrown garden – neglect the bandit. Trees, shrubs, rose bushes, climbers and revelling ground covers had all enjoyed the lack of parental supervision and competed with each other for available sunlight. Needless to say the loppers were in high demand as we brought the garden back into some semblance of order.\n\nLike the pruners and hedge shears trialled before it, the loppers worked amazingly easy. Their PowerGear™ ingenuity made effortless work cutting through branches the size of my thumb, and bigger. Applying pressure to a branch with this tool is almost like forcing a hot knife through butter.\n\nWith most loppers, all the strength and power comes from your biceps – unless you have long-handled loppers which can add extra weight to the tool. With the Fiskars Loppers, all the effort is provided via the gearing forcing the tool to do all the hard work. At the end of a day using these your arms won’t feel like they’re going to drop off.\n\nAgain, for those who are aged or suffering from arthritis, the dexterity of these loppers will allow you to accomplish pruning tasks that you may have never thought you could achieve again.\n\nAfter trialling all three products I can only reiterate that these are fantastic value for money, incredibly easy to use and should last for years to come.', 'Fiskars PowerGear  Loppers | Garden Tool Review', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '761-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:18:22', '2021-11-03 15:18:22', '', 761, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=763', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
INSERT INTO `wp_posts` (`ID`, `post_author`, `post_date`, `post_date_gmt`, `post_content`, `post_title`, `post_excerpt`, `post_status`, `comment_status`, `ping_status`, `post_password`, `post_name`, `to_ping`, `pinged`, `post_modified`, `post_modified_gmt`, `post_content_filtered`, `post_parent`, `guid`, `menu_order`, `post_type`, `post_mime_type`, `comment_count`) VALUES
(764, 1, '2010-04-14 11:18:00', '2010-04-14 15:18:00', '<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-762\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Loppers.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"211\" />If someone offered you the chance to try out a brand new product – would you be a little bit tempted? What if that product came from one of your favourite gardening tool makers? Perhaps, you might be a tad interested….\n\nTo my sheer delight it was more than one product – it was three! And none other than the highly prized Fiskars® range of pruning equipment. Loppers, Hedge Shears and Pruners.\n\nIt could have just been another look at products that we’ve seen before. New lightweight plastics replacing vinyl-clad mild steel, blades made of bullet-proof titanium instead of the alloys we’ve been accustomed too and a few gizmos that make a new product…well…a new product.\n\nBut from the instant I received these I knew they were different. Their ergonomic shaping, VERY lightweight hardened plastic handles and ….hang on a minute….gear-like cogs replacing the pivot point. What’s this about? Surely it’s one of those gizmo’s we’ve been trained to expect with a new garden tool.\nI rummaged through the paperwork trying to understand the purpose of this new feature. But when I picked those shears up for the first time, drawing the blades away from each other it suddenly made perfect sense. These cogs were the leverage needed to increase the power behind each cut.\n\nFor anyone whom has ever spent time on a pair of hedge shears – even when well-oiled – will know too well the feeling of sore biceps and forearms from the simplest of activity. With Fiskars PowerGear™ Hedge Shears those memories dissipate like puddles on a sun-soaked afternoon. Cutting through the Edna Walling Westringea was like carving butter with a hot knife – and that’s no exaggeration. Instead, I might be accused of selling them short. They are REALLY that good.\n\nDeb’s parents were down for the weekend and in their early 60′s and both suffering acute forms of arthritis were prime candidates to test-drive these shears. Was my exuberance a little too premature? Not a chance, they too agreed that these were probably the best hedge shears they had ever felt and raved about their ease of use, providing a more than efficient use of power with each stroke.\n\nFiskars PowerGear™ range was made with this intention in mind. And with the primary population of gardeners in their post 50′s it makes common sense that a company would spend R&amp;D dollars into alleviating one of our ills. Even gardeners in their 20′s and 30′s will appreciate how easily maneuverable these shears are.\n\nOver the next few days I will share my experiences with the Pruners and Loppers. If they’re anything like these hedge shears, I’m going to end up pruning the garden months in advance.', 'Fiskars PowerGear Hedge Shears | Garden Tool Review', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'fiskars-powergear-hedge-shears-garden-tool-review', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:20:21', '2021-11-03 15:20:21', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=764', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(765, 1, '2021-11-03 11:20:19', '2021-11-03 15:20:19', '<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-762\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Loppers.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"211\" />If someone offered you the chance to try out a brand new product – would you be a little bit tempted? What if that product came from one of your favourite gardening tool makers? Perhaps, you might be a tad interested….\n\nTo my sheer delight it was more than one product – it was three! And none other than the highly prized Fiskars® range of pruning equipment. Loppers, Hedge Shears and Pruners.\n\nIt could have just been another look at products that we’ve seen before. New lightweight plastics replacing vinyl-clad mild steel, blades made of bullet-proof titanium instead of the alloys we’ve been accustomed too and a few gizmos that make a new product…well…a new product.\n\nBut from the instant I received these I knew they were different. Their ergonomic shaping, VERY lightweight hardened plastic handles and ….hang on a minute….gear-like cogs replacing the pivot point. What’s this about? Surely it’s one of those gizmo’s we’ve been trained to expect with a new garden tool.\nI rummaged through the paperwork trying to understand the purpose of this new feature. But when I picked those shears up for the first time, drawing the blades away from each other it suddenly made perfect sense. These cogs were the leverage needed to increase the power behind each cut.\n\nFor anyone whom has ever spent time on a pair of hedge shears – even when well-oiled – will know too well the feeling of sore biceps and forearms from the simplest of activity. With Fiskars PowerGear™ Hedge Shears those memories dissipate like puddles on a sun-soaked afternoon. Cutting through the Edna Walling Westringea was like carving butter with a hot knife – and that’s no exaggeration. Instead, I might be accused of selling them short. They are REALLY that good.\n\nDeb’s parents were down for the weekend and in their early 60′s and both suffering acute forms of arthritis were prime candidates to test-drive these shears. Was my exuberance a little too premature? Not a chance, they too agreed that these were probably the best hedge shears they had ever felt and raved about their ease of use, providing a more than efficient use of power with each stroke.\n\nFiskars PowerGear™ range was made with this intention in mind. And with the primary population of gardeners in their post 50′s it makes common sense that a company would spend R&amp;D dollars into alleviating one of our ills. Even gardeners in their 20′s and 30′s will appreciate how easily maneuverable these shears are.\n\nOver the next few days I will share my experiences with the Pruners and Loppers. If they’re anything like these hedge shears, I’m going to end up pruning the garden months in advance.', 'Fiskars PowerGear Hedge Shears | Garden Tool Review', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '764-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:20:19', '2021-11-03 15:20:19', '', 764, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=765', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(766, 1, '2021-11-03 11:20:54', '2021-11-03 15:20:54', '<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-762\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Loppers.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"211\" />The third tool in the Fiskars PowerGear™ range that I was fortunate enough to trial was the Loppers. Having already been suitably impressed with <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2010/04/fiskars_powergear_pruners_garden_tool_review.html\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Fiskars PowerGear™ Pruners</a> and the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/fiskars-powergear-hedge-shears-garden-tool-review/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Fiskars PowerGear™ Hedge Shears</a> it was quite appropriate that I expected big things. Fortunately, I wasn’t let down.\nOur Public Holiday Monday was spent chewing through some seriously overgrown garden – neglect the bandit. Trees, shrubs, rose bushes, climbers and revelling ground covers had all enjoyed the lack of parental supervision and competed with each other for available sunlight. Needless to say the loppers were in high demand as we brought the garden back into some semblance of order.\n\nLike the pruners and hedge shears trialled before it, the loppers worked amazingly easy. Their PowerGear™ ingenuity made effortless work cutting through branches the size of my thumb, and bigger. Applying pressure to a branch with this tool is almost like forcing a hot knife through butter.\n\nWith most loppers, all the strength and power comes from your biceps – unless you have long-handled loppers which can add extra weight to the tool. With the Fiskars Loppers, all the effort is provided via the gearing forcing the tool to do all the hard work. At the end of a day using these your arms won’t feel like they’re going to drop off.\n\nAgain, for those who are aged or suffering from arthritis, the dexterity of these loppers will allow you to accomplish pruning tasks that you may have never thought you could achieve again.\n\nAfter trialling all three products I can only reiterate that these are fantastic value for money, incredibly easy to use and should last for years to come.', 'Fiskars PowerGear  Loppers | Garden Tool Review', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '761-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:20:54', '2021-11-03 15:20:54', '', 761, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=766', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(767, 1, '2010-04-21 11:21:00', '2010-04-21 15:21:00', 'The next tool in Fiskars “Ease Of Use” range is the very lightweight pruners. Now I’m no slouch when it comes to speeding around the garden with a pair of secateurs in hand, pruning at will. Yet, the older I get – and I know I’m a long way from “OLD” – I feel the aches and pains of a day with a tool forcing the muscles in my palms to expand.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-768\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Pruners.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"211\" />For gardeners twice my age I can only imagine the discomfort they must feel when attempting some home pruning. After using many secateurs, they all seem to force the webbing in your palm to breaking point and after an hour or so can almost cripple the most agile hand. The reason for the pain is the spring coil used to leverage the pruners. It’s natural tendency is to spring open after each cut forcing your palm muscles to expand beyond their normal capabilities.\n\nFiskars PowerGear™ Pruners work a little differently. Firstly, they’ve done away with that cramping spring and introduced a rolling handle. As you pull the pruners closed you can feel the outer handle rolling in your palm but with very little pressure applied.\n\nIn my trials I actually had to remind myself that a pair of pruners were in my hand. Their lightweight versatility and the lack of a zealous spring made it hard not thinking that this gardening tool was an extension of my arm. They felt so comfortable in my hand that I could have pruned for hours without any adverse effects. It wasn’t that they minimised the stretching feeling in my palms – they totally obliterated it.\n\nHowever, while pruners need to be comfortable their real purpose is to cut plants. The Fiskars pruners weren’t any better or worse in this department but they did have one advantage of many versions of secateurs – the ease at which they can be dismantled and put back together. This is great for when your blade becomes blunt, or damaged, and needs sharpening.\n\nMy final opinion on these Fiskars pruners are that it’s going to be tough for other companies to try and better them. They truly are a magnificent tool and probably the best in the PowerGear “Ease Of Use” range.', 'Fiskars PowerGear Pruners | Garden Tool Review', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'fiskars-powergear-pruners-garden-tool-review', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:22:41', '2021-11-03 15:22:41', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=767', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(768, 1, '2021-11-03 11:22:14', '2021-11-03 15:22:14', '', 'Fiskars-Pruners', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'fiskars-pruners', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:22:14', '2021-11-03 15:22:14', '', 767, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Pruners.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(769, 1, '2021-11-03 11:22:39', '2021-11-03 15:22:39', 'The next tool in Fiskars “Ease Of Use” range is the very lightweight pruners. Now I’m no slouch when it comes to speeding around the garden with a pair of secateurs in hand, pruning at will. Yet, the older I get – and I know I’m a long way from “OLD” – I feel the aches and pains of a day with a tool forcing the muscles in my palms to expand.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-768\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Pruners.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"211\" />For gardeners twice my age I can only imagine the discomfort they must feel when attempting some home pruning. After using many secateurs, they all seem to force the webbing in your palm to breaking point and after an hour or so can almost cripple the most agile hand. The reason for the pain is the spring coil used to leverage the pruners. It’s natural tendency is to spring open after each cut forcing your palm muscles to expand beyond their normal capabilities.\n\nFiskars PowerGear™ Pruners work a little differently. Firstly, they’ve done away with that cramping spring and introduced a rolling handle. As you pull the pruners closed you can feel the outer handle rolling in your palm but with very little pressure applied.\n\nIn my trials I actually had to remind myself that a pair of pruners were in my hand. Their lightweight versatility and the lack of a zealous spring made it hard not thinking that this gardening tool was an extension of my arm. They felt so comfortable in my hand that I could have pruned for hours without any adverse effects. It wasn’t that they minimised the stretching feeling in my palms – they totally obliterated it.\n\nHowever, while pruners need to be comfortable their real purpose is to cut plants. The Fiskars pruners weren’t any better or worse in this department but they did have one advantage of many versions of secateurs – the ease at which they can be dismantled and put back together. This is great for when your blade becomes blunt, or damaged, and needs sharpening.\n\nMy final opinion on these Fiskars pruners are that it’s going to be tough for other companies to try and better them. They truly are a magnificent tool and probably the best in the PowerGear “Ease Of Use” range.', 'Fiskars PowerGear Pruners | Garden Tool Review', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '767-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:22:39', '2021-11-03 15:22:39', '', 767, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=769', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(770, 1, '2021-11-03 11:22:59', '2021-11-03 15:22:59', '<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-762\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/Fiskars-Loppers.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"211\" />The third tool in the Fiskars PowerGear™ range that I was fortunate enough to trial was the Loppers. Having already been suitably impressed with <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/fiskars-powergear-pruners-garden-tool-review/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Fiskars PowerGear™ Pruners</a> and the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/fiskars-powergear-hedge-shears-garden-tool-review/\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener\">Fiskars PowerGear™ Hedge Shears</a> it was quite appropriate that I expected big things. Fortunately, I wasn’t let down.\nOur Public Holiday Monday was spent chewing through some seriously overgrown garden – neglect the bandit. Trees, shrubs, rose bushes, climbers and revelling ground covers had all enjoyed the lack of parental supervision and competed with each other for available sunlight. Needless to say the loppers were in high demand as we brought the garden back into some semblance of order.\n\nLike the pruners and hedge shears trialled before it, the loppers worked amazingly easy. Their PowerGear™ ingenuity made effortless work cutting through branches the size of my thumb, and bigger. Applying pressure to a branch with this tool is almost like forcing a hot knife through butter.\n\nWith most loppers, all the strength and power comes from your biceps – unless you have long-handled loppers which can add extra weight to the tool. With the Fiskars Loppers, all the effort is provided via the gearing forcing the tool to do all the hard work. At the end of a day using these your arms won’t feel like they’re going to drop off.\n\nAgain, for those who are aged or suffering from arthritis, the dexterity of these loppers will allow you to accomplish pruning tasks that you may have never thought you could achieve again.\n\nAfter trialling all three products I can only reiterate that these are fantastic value for money, incredibly easy to use and should last for years to come.', 'Fiskars PowerGear  Loppers | Garden Tool Review', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '761-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:22:59', '2021-11-03 15:22:59', '', 761, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=770', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(771, 1, '2010-04-24 11:23:00', '2010-04-24 15:23:00', 'Watering cans, or watering pots as some refer to them, are a bucket with a spout on one side and a handle on the other or at the top. Fill the can with water and tip it so that the water runs out the spout which is usually directed towards a small area, sometimes one pot or plant. Some watering cans have sieves at the end of the spout that waters the plant like a rain shower. They come is several different kinds of metals as well as plastic. Which kind is the best, metal versus plastic watering cans, depends on the usage.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-772\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/plastic-watering-cans.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"150\" />Galvanized steel with the silver looking finish is the classic watering can and perhaps the most popular for outdoor use. It has an ‘old world’ look almost like a garden decoration when not in use and is very strong. It will not rust if left in the rain, however, highly alkaline soil will rust galvanized steel. This is a good can for decorative painting as a craft activity. It comes with large or small buckets for indoors or outdoors but this is the best can for watering large flower beds or herbal gardens outdoors where the water should be rightly directed but needs to cover many plants. In the metal versus plastic watering cans debate, galvanized steel wins for outdoor garden watering.\n\nThere are also stainless steel, tin, brass and copper watering cans. Tin watering cans are usually painted with flowers to look vintage or ethnic and some are so well designed and artistic that they are used as flower pots for growing small plants. Some metal cans are made in the shape of animals such as turtles and frogs and some are made to look antique and not recommended for actual watering, only for ornamentation. They resemble Arabic coffee pots or look like pot-bellied pigs and if ornamentation is the goal for metal versus plastic watering cans, it’s a tie.\n\nPlastic watering cans often have a more modern look with long sleek spouts suitable for watering one pot at a time without spilling water on the table or carpet. There are also plastic watering cans for outdoors that are very efficient with sprinkler spouts and large bodies to hold up to two gallons of water. They do not have the cache for decoration that metal watering cans have but they are also quite a bit cheaper. A metal can will remain in your garden no matter what the weather, but a plastic can could blow away with a strong wind. Since they are cheaper, they are easier to replace. On the cost side of metal versus plastic watering cans, plastic wins.\n\nPlastic cans also come in the shape of animals such as an elephant but the best advantage of a plastic can is the sleek shape that looks good on a shelf or table in a garden or even in a kitchen. Plastic won’t scratch wooden tables and comes in a huge variety of decorator colors to match any room. There are small metal watering cans with a focused spout made for indoors, but in the metal versus plastic category for indoor plant watering, plastic wins again.\n\nBoth metal and plastic watering cans are suitable for all kinds of plants. For seedlings, small holes in the spout are better to give a gentle sprinkle that won’t damage the small plants. For hanging baskets of plants a small, light can is best with a curved spout that will deposit the water in the pot and not on you because you may have to lift it above your head. For these applications, the metal versus plastic watering cans debate ends in a tie. Whether metal or plastic, watering cans are very charming tools that remind us of days gone by when there was no central sprinkler system on a timer and each flower or herb was watered and cared for individually.', 'Metal vs Plastic Watering Cans', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'metal-vs-plastic-watering-cans', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:25:31', '2021-11-03 15:25:31', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=771', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(772, 1, '2021-11-03 11:24:52', '2021-11-03 15:24:52', '', 'plastic-watering-cans', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'plastic-watering-cans', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:24:52', '2021-11-03 15:24:52', '', 771, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/plastic-watering-cans.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(773, 1, '2021-11-03 11:25:09', '2021-11-03 15:25:09', 'Watering cans, or watering pots as some refer to them, are a bucket with a spout on one side and a handle on the other or at the top. Fill the can with water and tip it so that the water runs out the spout which is usually directed towards a small area, sometimes one pot or plant. Some watering cans have sieves at the end of the spout that waters the plant like a rain shower. They come is several different kinds of metals as well as plastic. Which kind is the best, metal versus plastic watering cans, depends on the usage.\n\n<img class=\"alignright size-full wp-image-772\" src=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/plastic-watering-cans.jpg\" alt=\"\" width=\"200\" height=\"150\" />Galvanized steel with the silver looking finish is the classic watering can and perhaps the most popular for outdoor use. It has an ‘old world’ look almost like a garden decoration when not in use and is very strong. It will not rust if left in the rain, however, highly alkaline soil will rust galvanized steel. This is a good can for decorative painting as a craft activity. It comes with large or small buckets for indoors or outdoors but this is the best can for watering large flower beds or herbal gardens outdoors where the water should be rightly directed but needs to cover many plants. In the metal versus plastic watering cans debate, galvanized steel wins for outdoor garden watering.\n\nThere are also stainless steel, tin, brass and copper watering cans. Tin watering cans are usually painted with flowers to look vintage or ethnic and some are so well designed and artistic that they are used as flower pots for growing small plants. Some metal cans are made in the shape of animals such as turtles and frogs and some are made to look antique and not recommended for actual watering, only for ornamentation. They resemble Arabic coffee pots or look like pot-bellied pigs and if ornamentation is the goal for metal versus plastic watering cans, it’s a tie.\n\nPlastic watering cans often have a more modern look with long sleek spouts suitable for watering one pot at a time without spilling water on the table or carpet. There are also plastic watering cans for outdoors that are very efficient with sprinkler spouts and large bodies to hold up to two gallons of water. They do not have the cache for decoration that metal watering cans have but they are also quite a bit cheaper. A metal can will remain in your garden no matter what the weather, but a plastic can could blow away with a strong wind. Since they are cheaper, they are easier to replace. On the cost side of metal versus plastic watering cans, plastic wins.\n\nPlastic cans also come in the shape of animals such as an elephant but the best advantage of a plastic can is the sleek shape that looks good on a shelf or table in a garden or even in a kitchen. Plastic won’t scratch wooden tables and comes in a huge variety of decorator colors to match any room. There are small metal watering cans with a focused spout made for indoors, but in the metal versus plastic category for indoor plant watering, plastic wins again.\nBoth metal and plastic watering cans are suitable for all kinds of plants. For seedlings, small holes in the spout are better to give a gentle sprinkle that won’t damage the small plants. For hanging baskets of plants a small, light can is best with a curved spout that will deposit the water in the pot and not on you because you may have to lift it above your head. For these applications, the metal versus plastic watering cans debate ends in a tie. Whether metal or plastic, watering cans are very charming tools that remind us of days gone by when there was no central sprinkler system on a timer and each flower or herb was watered and cared for individually.', 'Metal vs Plastic Watering Cans', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '771-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:25:09', '2021-11-03 15:25:09', '', 771, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=773', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(774, 1, '2009-12-08 11:25:00', '2009-12-08 16:25:00', 'The humble cordless blower has finally matured. In fact, the whole range or blowers, vacs and combinations of the two have certainly morphed since their acceptance as a home and garden implement less than two decades ago.\n\nRather than being made specifically as a home and garden tool they were produced to blow chemicals in agricultural applications. Once water became outlawed as a gardening tool the blower, or blower vac, became standard issue for most gardeners and have enjoyed a spot in the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-benefits-of-a-vertical-garden-shed/\">garden shed</a> ever since.\nWhen they first appeared the only option was petrol (gas) powered units. Then, over the years, smaller units became more popular and these were often powered by electricity. Yet, every good gardener knows that traversing your yard with a power cord getting tangled between shrubs, landscaping and whimsy is hardly an enjoyable pastime.\n\nThe timing seemed “right” for the entrance of the 18-Volt Cordless Blower<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001GNBCT8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />. This type of cordless blower runs purely on a rechargeable Lithium-Ion battery allowing it to be taken anywhere without the problems of cords or pouring petrol over yourself or your lawn.\nSo, how do you go about buying a cordless blower and what should you be looking for?\n\nFirstly, noise is a major factor nowadays so comparing decibel ratings for different blowers is a must. In some regions laws have even been introduced to limit the amount of neighbour disturbance and some cordless blowers can’t even be offered for sale in these places.\n\nSecond, power is the next most critical requirement. Sure, buying a rechargeable battery cordless blower may make you feel all warm and eco-gooey inside but if it doesn’t have enough grunt for the applications you’re hoping to use it on then you could just be buying a toy.\n\nThird, backup service and warranty is a must. These machines operate at very high revs so will often burnout if used too much. Considering your application, as above, look for a machine that offers a long warranty on parts and where service and repairs can be performed locally.\n\nFinally, a cordless blower will only ever BLOW. A combination blower/vac may be a better option if you’re planning to use this to clean up leaves and other garden refuse.\n\nHowever, whichever way you choose to go the options these days are certainly better than a decade ago and the technology for cordless blowers is improving all the time.', 'Buying a Cordless Blower', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'buying-a-cordless-blower', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:30:31', '2021-11-03 15:30:31', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=774', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(775, 1, '2021-11-03 11:27:23', '2021-11-03 15:27:23', '', 'WORX WG541', '', 'inherit', 'open', 'closed', '', 'worx-wg541', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:27:30', '2021-11-03 15:27:30', '', 774, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/wp-content/uploads/2021/11/WORX-WG541.jpg', 0, 'attachment', 'image/jpeg', 0),
(776, 1, '2021-11-03 11:28:09', '2021-11-03 15:28:09', 'The humble cordless blower has finally matured. In fact, the whole range or blowers, vacs and combinations of the two have certainly morphed since their acceptance as a home and garden implement less than two decades ago.\n\nRather than being made specifically as a home and garden tool they were produced to blow chemicals in agricultural applications. Once water became outlawed as a gardening tool the blower, or blower vac, became standard issue for most gardeners and have enjoyed a spot in the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2009/04/the_benefits_of_a_vertical_garden_shed.html\">garden shed</a> ever since.\nWhen they first appeared the only option was petrol (gas) powered units. Then, over the years, smaller units became more popular and these were often powered by electricity. Yet, every good gardener knows that traversing your yard with a power cord getting tangled between shrubs, landscaping and whimsy is hardly an enjoyable pastime.\n\nThe timing seemed “right” for the entrance of the 18-Volt Cordless Blower<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001GNBCT8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />. This type of cordless blower runs purely on a rechargeable Lithium-Ion battery allowing it to be taken anywhere without the problems of cords or pouring petrol over yourself or your lawn.\nSo, how do you go about buying a cordless blower and what should you be looking for?\n\nFirstly, noise is a major factor nowadays so comparing decibel ratings for different blowers is a must. In some regions laws have even been introduced to limit the amount of neighbour disturbance and some cordless blowers can’t even be offered for sale in these places.\n\nSecond, power is the next most critical requirement. Sure, buying a rechargeable battery cordless blower may make you feel all warm and eco-gooey inside but if it doesn’t have enough grunt for the applications you’re hoping to use it on then you could just be buying a toy.\n\nThird, backup service and warranty is a must. These machines operate at very high revs so will often burnout if used too much. Considering your application, as above, look for a machine that offers a long warranty on parts and where service and repairs can be performed locally.\n\nFinally, a cordless blower will only ever BLOW. A combination blower/vac may be a better option if you’re planning to use this to clean up leaves and other garden refuse.\n\nHowever, whichever way you choose to go the options these days are certainly better than a decade ago and the technology for cordless blowers is improving all the time.', 'Buying a Cordless Blower', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '774-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:28:09', '2021-11-03 15:28:09', '', 774, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=776', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(777, 1, '2009-04-14 11:28:00', '2009-04-14 15:28:00', 'A vertical garden shed is one of those very logical storage systems that seem to surface every few years or so. You know the ones…once they start being advertised you begin asking yourself where they’ve been all your life.\n\nFor many home gardeners space is becoming a premium commodity. While you may have been accumulating all those garden tools over the years having somewhere to store them means parting with garden beds – and that ain’t gonna to happen!\n\n<em>[Enter stage left the vertical garden shed]</em> This <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3wckdqZ\">storage facility</a> <em>(aff.)</em> can easily fit under the eaves of your dwelling – a location where growing plants is almost impossible anyway – and can be kept tucked out of view away from the garden you want to display.\n\nWhile the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-garden-potting-shed/\">garden shed</a> is still the ideal and there are ways to organise your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/organizing-your-garden-tools/\">garden tools</a> without a shed, both have problems. The former takes up space while the latter may, over time, ruin your tools.\n\nSo a vertical garden shed seems to fit in the middle of these issues and presents a genuine option to remedy the situation. Depending on how much eave space you have may dictate how large a vertical shed you could accomodate. The larger the shed the more tools you can store.\n\nRegardless of size, these sheds are perfect for storing the basic garden tools: hoes, rakes, shovels and spades, a mattock, plus a spot for your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/10-handy-tools-for-your-garden-tool-belt/\">garden tool belt</a> and even your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/try-garden-clogs-your-feet-will-love-you-for-them/\">garden clogs</a>. Even the smallest of these vertical garden sheds could house a small push mower if you have a postcard lawn to tend.\n\nThese sheds are so versatile you could even locate one next to your allotment, if that’s how you garden. They can be locked via padlock-able doors and secured to a concrete base through a few well-placed dyna-bolts. They offer gardeners many more options than constructing a garden shed and are much more portable should you need to vacate your allotment or rented premises.\n<h3>What to look for when buying a vertical garden shed?</h3>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Weather and Climate Tolerance – these sheds are predominantly constructed from high-density polyethylene which offers some great benefits when it comes to weathering the extremes of our climates. However, there are some cheaper alternatives made from less durable materials that won’t give you the longevity you need.</li>\n 	<li>Vertical or Horizontal? – while vertical garden sheds are very versatile opting for a horizontal alternative may give the extra benefit of combining a garden seat at the same time.</li>\n 	<li>Actual usable storage space – if you get a vertical garden shed that is too short for your long handled tools then storing them at angles will take away some of your usable storage space. Check to ensure your tools will use this space as efficiently as possible.</li>\n 	<li>Colour – these sheds come in a range of colours so check to ensure that your preferred model gives you a colour range to match your home.</li>\n 	<li>Securability – does the shed offer lockable front doors and a way to secure it to the ground. The latter point is very important in areas where high winds can be a problem.</li>\n</ul>\nNow, you should be able to purchase your vertical garden shed with confidence, knowing that it will stand the test of time and provide a good option to protect your garden tools.', 'The Benefits of a Vertical Garden Shed', '', 'publish', 'open', 'open', '', 'the-benefits-of-a-vertical-garden-shed', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:48:09', '2021-11-03 15:48:09', '', 0, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=777', 0, 'post', '', 0),
(778, 1, '2021-11-03 11:30:19', '2021-11-03 15:30:19', 'A vertical garden shed is one of those very logical storage systems that seem to surface every few years or so. You know the ones…once they start being advertised you begin asking yourself where they’ve been all your life.\n\nFor many home gardeners space is becoming a premium commodity. While you may have been accumulating all those garden tools over the years having somewhere to store them means parting with garden beds – and that ain’t gonna to happen!\n\n<em>[Enter stage left the vertical garden shed]</em> This <a href=\"http://www.amazon.com/gp/product/B000L0CPPM?ie=UTF8&amp;tag=amatgardforno-20&amp;linkCode=as2&amp;camp=1789&amp;creative=390957&amp;creativeASIN=B000L0CPPM\">storage facility</a> <em>(aff.)</em> can easily fit under the eaves of your dwelling – a location where growing plants is almost impossible anyway – and can be kept tucked out of view away from the garden you want to display.\n\nWhile the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/04/the_garden_potting_shed.html\">garden shed</a> is still the ideal and there are ways to organise your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2009/01/organising_your_garden_tools.html\">garden tools</a> without a shed, both have problems. The former takes up space while the latter may, over time, ruin your tools.\n\nSo a vertical garden shed seems to fit in the middle of these issues and presents a genuine option to remedy the situation. Depending on how much eave space you have may dictate how large a vertical shed you could accomodate. The larger the shed the more tools you can store.\n\nRegardless of size, these sheds are perfect for storing the basic garden tools: hoes, rakes, shovels and spades, a mattock, plus a spot for your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/06/10_handy_tools_for_your_garden_tool_belt.html\">garden tool belt</a> and even your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/07/try_garden_clogs_your_feet_will_love_you_for_them.html\">garden clogs</a>. Even the smallest of these vertical garden sheds could house a small push mower if you have a postcard lawn to tend.\n\nThese sheds are so versatile you could even locate one next to your allotment, if that’s how you garden. They can be locked via padlock-able doors and secured to a concrete base through a few well-placed dyna-bolts. They offer gardeners many more options than constructing a garden shed and are much more portable should you need to vacate your allotment or rented premises.\n<h3>What to look for when buying a vertical garden shed?</h3>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Weather and Climate Tolerance – these sheds are predominantly constructed from high-density polyethylene which offers some great benefits when it comes to weathering the extremes of our climates. However, there are some cheaper alternatives made from less durable materials that won’t give you the longevity you need.</li>\n 	<li>Vertical or Horizontal? – while vertical garden sheds are very versatile opting for a horizontal alternative may give the extra benefit of combining a garden seat at the same time.</li>\n 	<li>Actual usable storage space – if you get a vertical garden shed that is too short for your long handled tools then storing them at angles will take away some of your usable storage space. Check to ensure your tools will use this space as efficiently as possible.</li>\n 	<li>Colour – these sheds come in a range of colours so check to ensure that your preferred model gives you a colour range to match your home.</li>\n 	<li>Securability – does the shed offer lockable front doors and a way to secure it to the ground. The latter point is very important in areas where high winds can be a problem.</li>\n</ul>\nNow, you should be able to purchase your vertical garden shed with confidence, knowing that it will stand the test of time and provide a good option to protect your garden tools.', 'The Benefits of a Vertical Garden Shed', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '777-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:30:19', '2021-11-03 15:30:19', '', 777, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=778', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(779, 1, '2021-11-03 11:30:30', '2021-11-03 15:30:30', 'The humble cordless blower has finally matured. In fact, the whole range or blowers, vacs and combinations of the two have certainly morphed since their acceptance as a home and garden implement less than two decades ago.\n\nRather than being made specifically as a home and garden tool they were produced to blow chemicals in agricultural applications. Once water became outlawed as a gardening tool the blower, or blower vac, became standard issue for most gardeners and have enjoyed a spot in the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/the-benefits-of-a-vertical-garden-shed/\">garden shed</a> ever since.\nWhen they first appeared the only option was petrol (gas) powered units. Then, over the years, smaller units became more popular and these were often powered by electricity. Yet, every good gardener knows that traversing your yard with a power cord getting tangled between shrubs, landscaping and whimsy is hardly an enjoyable pastime.\n\nThe timing seemed “right” for the entrance of the 18-Volt Cordless Blower<img src=\"http://www.assoc-amazon.com/e/ir?t=amatgardforno-20&amp;l=as2&amp;o=1&amp;a=B001GNBCT8\" alt=\"\" width=\"1\" height=\"1\" border=\"0\" />. This type of cordless blower runs purely on a rechargeable Lithium-Ion battery allowing it to be taken anywhere without the problems of cords or pouring petrol over yourself or your lawn.\nSo, how do you go about buying a cordless blower and what should you be looking for?\n\nFirstly, noise is a major factor nowadays so comparing decibel ratings for different blowers is a must. In some regions laws have even been introduced to limit the amount of neighbour disturbance and some cordless blowers can’t even be offered for sale in these places.\n\nSecond, power is the next most critical requirement. Sure, buying a rechargeable battery cordless blower may make you feel all warm and eco-gooey inside but if it doesn’t have enough grunt for the applications you’re hoping to use it on then you could just be buying a toy.\n\nThird, backup service and warranty is a must. These machines operate at very high revs so will often burnout if used too much. Considering your application, as above, look for a machine that offers a long warranty on parts and where service and repairs can be performed locally.\n\nFinally, a cordless blower will only ever BLOW. A combination blower/vac may be a better option if you’re planning to use this to clean up leaves and other garden refuse.\n\nHowever, whichever way you choose to go the options these days are certainly better than a decade ago and the technology for cordless blowers is improving all the time.', 'Buying a Cordless Blower', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '774-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:30:30', '2021-11-03 15:30:30', '', 774, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=779', 0, 'revision', '', 0),
(780, 1, '2021-11-03 11:31:03', '2021-11-03 15:31:03', 'A vertical garden shed is one of those very logical storage systems that seem to surface every few years or so. You know the ones…once they start being advertised you begin asking yourself where they’ve been all your life.\n\nFor many home gardeners space is becoming a premium commodity. While you may have been accumulating all those garden tools over the years having somewhere to store them means parting with garden beds – and that ain’t gonna to happen!\n\n<em>[Enter stage left the vertical garden shed]</em> This <a href=\"https://amzn.to/3wckdqZ\">storage facility</a> <em>(aff.)</em> can easily fit under the eaves of your dwelling – a location where growing plants is almost impossible anyway – and can be kept tucked out of view away from the garden you want to display.\n\nWhile the <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2006/04/the_garden_potting_shed.html\">garden shed</a> is still the ideal and there are ways to organise your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2009/01/organising_your_garden_tools.html\">garden tools</a> without a shed, both have problems. The former takes up space while the latter may, over time, ruin your tools.\n\nSo a vertical garden shed seems to fit in the middle of these issues and presents a genuine option to remedy the situation. Depending on how much eave space you have may dictate how large a vertical shed you could accomodate. The larger the shed the more tools you can store.\n\nRegardless of size, these sheds are perfect for storing the basic garden tools: hoes, rakes, shovels and spades, a mattock, plus a spot for your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/06/10_handy_tools_for_your_garden_tool_belt.html\">garden tool belt</a> and even your <a href=\"https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/2008/07/try_garden_clogs_your_feet_will_love_you_for_them.html\">garden clogs</a>. Even the smallest of these vertical garden sheds could house a small push mower if you have a postcard lawn to tend.\n\nThese sheds are so versatile you could even locate one next to your allotment, if that’s how you garden. They can be locked via padlock-able doors and secured to a concrete base through a few well-placed dyna-bolts. They offer gardeners many more options than constructing a garden shed and are much more portable should you need to vacate your allotment or rented premises.\n<h3>What to look for when buying a vertical garden shed?</h3>\n<ul>\n 	<li>Weather and Climate Tolerance – these sheds are predominantly constructed from high-density polyethylene which offers some great benefits when it comes to weathering the extremes of our climates. However, there are some cheaper alternatives made from less durable materials that won’t give you the longevity you need.</li>\n 	<li>Vertical or Horizontal? – while vertical garden sheds are very versatile opting for a horizontal alternative may give the extra benefit of combining a garden seat at the same time.</li>\n 	<li>Actual usable storage space – if you get a vertical garden shed that is too short for your long handled tools then storing them at angles will take away some of your usable storage space. Check to ensure your tools will use this space as efficiently as possible.</li>\n 	<li>Colour – these sheds come in a range of colours so check to ensure that your preferred model gives you a colour range to match your home.</li>\n 	<li>Securability – does the shed offer lockable front doors and a way to secure it to the ground. The latter point is very important in areas where high winds can be a problem.</li>\n</ul>\nNow, you should be able to purchase your vertical garden shed with confidence, knowing that it will stand the test of time and provide a good option to protect your garden tools.', 'The Benefits of a Vertical Garden Shed', '', 'inherit', 'closed', 'closed', '', '777-revision-v1', '', '', '2021-11-03 11:31:03', '2021-11-03 15:31:03', '', 777, 'https://gardeningtipsnideas.com/?p=780', 0, 'revision', '', 0);
